New York State Standards Alignments Grades Six through...

New York State Standards Alignments Grades Six through Eight

Read Now Power Up!, Renaissance, Renaissance Learning, and the Renaissance Learning logo, are trademarks of Renaissance Learning, Inc. and its subsidiaries, registered, common law, or pending registration, in the United States and in other countries.

P.O. Box 8036 • Wisconsin Rapids, WI 54495-8036 Phone: (715) 424-3636 • Fax: (715) 424-4242 www.renlearn.com

Copyright 2008, Renaissance Learning Inc. and Harcourt, Inc., all rights reserved. No portion of this document may be reproduced, by any process or technique, without the express written consent of Renaissance Learning, Inc.

ii

New York State Standards Alignments

Standards List with Aligned Product Skills

The Standards list with Aligned Product Skills Report is a standards-oriented document showing the entire list of standards for the subject and grade on the left side of the report with the aligning product objectives on the right side. This alignment report shows the breadth of standards coverage for the purpose and focus of this product.

Introduction Letter......................................................iii

Grade 6 Level 1 ......................................................... 1

Grade 6 Level 2 ......................................................... 44

Grade 6 Level 3 ......................................................... 90

Grade 6 Level 4 .........................................................135

Grade 7 Level 1 .........................................................180

Grade 7 Level 2 .........................................................213

Grade 7 Level 3 .........................................................247

Grade 7 Level 4 .........................................................280

Grade 8 Level 1 ........................................................ 314

Grade 8 Level 2 ........................................................ 345

Grade 8 Level 3 ........................................................ 376

Grade 8 Level 4 ........................................................ 407

Copyright 2008, Renaissance Learning Inc. and Harcourt, Inc., all rights reserved. No portion of this document may be reproduced, by any process or technique, without the express written consent of Renaissance Learning, Inc.

iii

Note to Educator: Thank you for your interest in a Read Now Power Up! Standards Alignment. Read Now Power Up! is a key component of the Renaissance School Improvement Process. The attached document contains the alignment between Read Now Power Up! and the skills, objectives, and outcomes described in New York's State Core Curriculum as summarized by the New York Department of Education. Renaissance Learning and Steck-Vaughn have developed this alignment to ensure that educators who are using the programs effectively will help students take charge of their own learning, as well as demonstrate what they have learned on state accountability reports. We recognize the impact that the standards-based reform movement and high-stakes standardized testing are having on schools and shares the concerns of educators and administrators that students perform well on high-stakes assessments. Renaissance Learning hopes that this alignment answers your questions regarding the success and suitability of Learning Information Systems and the Renaissance School Improvement Process in meeting your state standards. Sincerely, Renaissance Sales and Funding Staff

A Harcourt Achieve Correlation Of Steck-Vaughn Power Up! And Renaissance Learning To The New York State Core Curriculum (2005)

GRADE SIX

NEW YORK CORE CURRICULUM STECK-VAUGHN POWER UP! LEVEL 1 AND RENAISSANCE LEARNING READ NOW

LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 89, 107, 122, 138, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 48, 63, 64, 78, 79, 93, 94, 111, 112, 126, 127, 142, 143, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 73 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90

NY LCR 1 - Use knowledge of a variety of decoding strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o

Page 1 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 1 - Use knowledge of a variety of decoding strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words.

RN PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 156, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90, 154 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153

NY LCR 2 - Integrate sources of information to decode unfamiliar words, self-monitor, and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 2 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 89, 107, 122, 138, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 48, 63, 64, 78, 79, 93, 94, 111, 112, 126, 127, 142, 143, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 73 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90

NY LCR 3 - Use word recognition skills and strategies quickly, accurately, and automatically when decoding unfamiliar words.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o

Page 3 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 3 - Use word recognition skills and strategies quickly, accurately, and automatically when decoding unfamiliar words.

RN PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 90, 121, 123 ESL: pg. 88

NY LCR 4 - Recognize at sight a large body of high-frequency words and specialized content vocabulary.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence VA03 - Developing vocabulary FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development NY LCR 5 - Extend knowledge of word meaning through direct and indirect means.

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91

Page 4 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 89, 107, 122, 138, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 48, 64, 79, 94, 112, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 73, 88 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 90, 121, 123

Continued NY LCR 5 - Extend knowledge of word meaning through direct and indirect means.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 5 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Reteaching: pg. 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 122 Blackline Master: pg. 127 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 59 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 123 ESL: pg. 73

NY LCR 6 - Use word structure knowledge, such as roots (e.g., Greek and Latin), prefixes, and suffixes, to determine word meaning.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 During Reading: pg. 4, 16 After Reading: pg. 8, 20 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31, 91 ESL: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 48, 61

NY LCR 7 - Use prior knowledge and experience in order to understand ideas and vocabulary found in a variety of texts.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks RS03 - Identifying theme RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding

Page 6 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development Continued NY LCR 7 - Use prior knowledge and experience in order to understand ideas and vocabulary found in a variety of texts.

RN RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154

NY LCR 8 - Acquire new vocabulary by engaging with a variety of texts written by a range of different authors.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts

Page 7 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 73 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 107 Blackline Master: pg. 48, 64, 112 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 90, 121, 123

NY LCR 9 - Use self-monitoring strategies to identify specific vocabulary difficulties that disrupt comprehension, and employ an efficient course of action, such as using a known word base or a resource such as a glossary to resolve the difficulty.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary wordsOP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

PU Student Edition Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59 Blackline Master: pg 48, 64 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154

NY LCR 10 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print resources, including electronic resources.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA01 - Using Context Clues WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 8 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Practice Opportunity Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 49 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 89 Blackline Master: pg. 94

NY LCR 11 - Use a thesaurus to identify synonyms and antonyms.

RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA08 - Using Reference Materials

Comprehension Strategies PU Student Edition

(Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154

NY LCR 12 - Read grade-level texts from a variety of genres, in varying text formats and by different authors, for a variety of purposes.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts)

Page 9 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 12 - Read grade-level texts from a variety of genres, in varying text formats and by different authors, for a variety of purposes.

RN RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 91, 109, 124, 140, 155

NY LCR 13 - Use a variety of strategies (e.g., summarizing, forming questions, visualizing, and making connections) to support understanding of texts read.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

NY LCR 14 - Employ self-monitoring strategies and engage in self-correcting behaviors when comprehension has been disrupted.

PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 17, 18, 20, 28, 29, 30, 31, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 64, 66, 67, 68, 77, 78, 79, 80, 89, 90, 92, 101, 102, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 115, 116, 117, 118 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100

Page 10 of 439 021108


11

GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies

PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 17, 18, 20, 28, 29, 30, 31, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 64, 66, 67, 68, 77, 78, 79, 80, 89, 90, 92, 101, 102, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 115, 116, 117, 118 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 Blackline Masters: pg. 49-53, 65-68, 80-83, 95-99, 113-116, 128-132, 144-147, 159-162

Continued NY LCR 14 - Employ self-monitoring strategies and engage in self-correcting behaviors when comprehension has been disrupted.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79

NY LCR 15 - Ask questions to self-monitor comprehension, to clarify understanding, and to focus reading. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 ESL: pg. 67, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 ESL: pg. 137 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 16 - Make connections between texts being read to own lives, the lives of others, other texts read in the past, and the world at large.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

NY LCR 17 - State or summarize a main idea and support it or elaborate on it with relevant details.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 67 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Reteaching: pg. 44 Strategy Tip: 77 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 90 Prewriting/Plan for Writing pg. 100, 101 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 108

Page 11 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 17 - State or summarize a main idea and support it or elaborate on it with relevant details.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Blackline Master: pg. 141 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 18 - Present a point of view or interpretation of a text, such as its theme or the author’s intended message, and support it with relevant details from the text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details

PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 17, 18, 20, 28, 29, 30, 31, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 64, 66, 67, 68, 77, 78, 79, 80, 89, 90, 92, 101, 102, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 115, 116, 117, 118 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 59, 114, 119 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 Blackline Masters: pg. 49-53, 65-68, 80-83, 95-99, 113-116, 128-132, 144-147, 159-162

NY LCR 19 - Read grade-level texts and answer literal, inferential, analytic, and evaluative questions.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material RS03 - Identifying theme RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding

Page 12 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies Continued NY LCR 19 - Read grade-level texts and answer literal, inferential, analytic, and evaluative questions.

RN RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 100 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 18, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 106, 121, 137, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58, 60

NY LCR 20 - Use prior knowledge, along with multiple sources of information, to support comprehension, from forming predictions to making inferences and drawing conclusions.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU N/A NY LCR 21 - Note and describe aspects of the writer’s craft, and explain the role that crafting techniques play in helping the reader comprehend the text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS21 - Identifying author's style

Page 13 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 122, 137 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 153 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 22 - Participate cooperatively and collaboratively in group discussions of texts.

RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 90, 123, 154 Prewriting: pg. 100, 133, 163 Plan for Writing: pg. 101, 134, 164 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 23 - Demonstrate comprehension of grade-level texts through a range of responses, such as writing, drama, and presentations.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 24 - Demonstrate personal response to grade-level texts through a range of responses, such as writing, drama, and oral presentations.


Page 14 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Motivation to Read

PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCR 25 - Show interest in reading a wide range of texts, topics, genres, and authors.

RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts


NY LCR 26 - Read voluntarily for a variety of purposes.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts


NY LCR 27 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of literature.

RN N/A PU Student Edition

(Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCR 28 - Engage in independent silent reading for extended periods of time.

RN OP12 - Developing fluency FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts

READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources, with some direction, to acquire information. RN N/A

Page 15 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher‘s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 123

NY R 1.2 - Use the table of contents and indexes to locate information.

RN OP13 - Using reading strategies RS05 - Using research skills and strategies RS22 - Using text features to locate information

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 91, 109, 124, 140, 155

NY R 1.3 - Read to collect and interpret data, facts, and ideas from multiple sources.

RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU N/A NY R 1.4 - Read the steps of a procedure in order to accomplish a task such as completing a science experiment or installing software

RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89 ESL: pg. 106

NY R 1.5 - Skim material to gain an overview of content or locate specific information

RN N/A NY R 1.6 - Use text features, such as headings, captions, and titles, to understand and interpret informational texts

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: pg. 17 Reading Strategy: pg. 17 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 77 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 122 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 90, 123 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 158 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 154

Page 16 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.6 - Use text features, such as headings, captions, and titles, to understand and interpret informational texts

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 41, 77 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 88 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 89, 122 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 90, 123 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 91, 125 ESL: pg. 152

NY R 1.7 - Recognize organizational formats to assist in comprehension of informational texts.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS16 - Identifying cause and effect

PU N/A NY R 1.8 - Identify missing, conflicting, unclear, and irrelevant information. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Think-Along Question: pg. 104 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 89 Reteaching: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 137, 152 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 137, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 137, 138, 139, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 140, 145, 147, 155, 159, 161, 162, 174, 180

NY R 1.9 - Distinguish between fact and opinion.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

PU Student Edition Thinking about the Selection: pg. 21, 45, 81, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59

NY R 1.10 - Identify information that is implied rather than stated.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions

Page 17 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.10 - Identify information that is implied rather than stated.

RN RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY R 1.11 - Compare and contrast information about one topic from multiple sources. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS15 - Comparing and contrasting

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY R 1.12 - Recognize how new information is related to prior knowledge or experience.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 44 Strategy: pg. 74 Strategy Tip: 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 121 Blackline Master: pg. 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 122 Writing Option 1: pg. 90 Prewriting/Plan for Writing: pg. 100, 101

NY R 1.13 - Identify main ideas and supporting details in informational texts to distinguish relevant and irrelevant information.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

NY R 1.14 - Apply thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer, to interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts, with assistance.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Think-Along Question: pg. 16, 17, 18, 20, 40, 41, 43, 44, 55, 56, 57, 58, 77, 78, 79, 80, 101, 102, 103, 104, 115, 116, 117, 118

Page 18 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 During Reading: pg. 16, 40, 76, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 17, 43 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42, 102 After Reading: pg. 20 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 79 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58, 60, 88, 89, 138, 139, 152, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 65-68, 91, 95-99, 124, 128-132, 155, 159-162

Continued NY R 1.14 - Apply thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer, to interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts, with assistance.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 41, 77 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 88 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 59, 60, 89, 90, 122, 123, 153, 154 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 89, 122 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 90, 123 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 91, 125 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90, 121, 123 ESL: pg. 88, 152

NY R 1.15 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational texts, with assistance.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings

Page 19 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.15 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational texts, with assistance.

RN VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY R 1.16 - Condense, combine, or categorize new information from one or more sources, with assistance.

RN N/A NY R 1.17 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.

PU Student Edition Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59

Page 20 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.17 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 76 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 During Reading: pg. 4, 16 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 18, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 121, 137 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60

NY R 1.18 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions, with assistance.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 28, 64, 88 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 31, 67, 91 After Reading: pg. 8, 32, 68, 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 73, 106, 137 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 76, 109, 140

NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.

RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next

Page 21 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. Continued NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.

RN RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 26 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 26 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 73 Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 107, 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 75, 139 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 76, 77, 110, 141

NY R 2.2 - Define characteristics of different genres.


Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY R 2.3 - Select literary texts on the basis of personal needs and interests and read silently for enjoyment for extended periods.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information RS04 - Selecting books/resources for a theme FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts

NY R 2.4 - Read aloud from a variety of genres (e.g., plays and poems). PU Teacher’s Edition

Guided Reading: pg. T-7 ESL: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 32 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

NY R 2.4.1 - Use inflection and intonation appropriate to text read and audience.

RN OP12 - Developing fluency FP10 - Using punctuation to determine where to place emphasis or pause FP12 - Reading text aloud smoothly naturally, accurately, and with expression

PU N/A NY R 2.5 - Recognize that the same story can be told in different genres (e.g., novels, poems, or plays). RN N/A

Page 22 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 107, 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 75, 139 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 77, 110, 141

NY R 2.6 - Identify literary elements, (e.g., setting, plot, character, rhythm, and rhyme) of different genres.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS29 - Identifying characterization

PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 ESL: pg. 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 138 Blackline Master: pg. 143 ESL: pg. 42, 73, 74, 89, 107

NY R 2.7 - Recognize how the author uses literary devices, such as simile, metaphor, and personification, to create meaning.


PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139

NY R 2.8 - Recognize how different authors treat similar themes.


Think-Along Question: pg. 64, 68 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 65 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 107 Blackline Master: pg. 110, 113-116

NY R 2.9 - Identify the ways in which characters change and develop throughout a story.

RN N/A NY R 2.10 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text, with assistance.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62 Think-Along Question: pg. 4, 5, 6, 8, 28, 29, 30, 31, 50, 51, 52, 53, 64, 66, 67, 68, 89, 90, 92, 110, 111, 112 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114

Page 23 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6 During Reading: pg. 4, 28, 64 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 107, 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 75, 139 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 77, 110, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 74, 75, 107, 108, 138, 139 Blackline Masters: pg. 49-53, 80-83, 113-116, 144-147 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 44, 74, 75

Continued NY R 2.10 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text, with assistance.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU N/A NY R 2.11 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator, with assistance.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS20 - Determining point of view

PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 ESL: pg. 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 138 Blackline Master: pg. 76, 143 ESL: pg. 42, 73, 74, 89, 107

NY R 2.12 - Determine how the use and meaning of literary devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, convey the author’s message or intent, with assistance.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Blackline Master: pg. 109

NY R 2.13 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings, with assistance.


Page 24 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU N/A NY R 2.14 - Identify poetic elements, such as repetition, rhythm, and rhyming patterns, in order to interpret poetry, with assistance.

RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 67, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 122, 137

NY R 2.15 - Identify social and cultural context and other characteristics of the time period to enhance understanding and appreciation of text, with assistance.

RN N/A NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate information, ideas, opinions, and themes by identifying:

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66, 102 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 106, 121 Reinforcing the Strategy: pg. 108 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 106, 121 Blackline Master: pg. 109, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 107, 108, 122

NY R 3.1.1 - a central idea and supporting details.


PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - precise and vague language. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Think-Along Question: pg. 104 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 89 Reteaching: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 137, 152 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 137, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 137, 138, 139, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 140, 145, 147, 155, 159, 161, 162, 174, 180

NY R 3.1.3 - statements of fact, opinion, and exaggeration.


Page 25 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - missing or unclear information. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.2 - Use established and personal criteria to analyze and

evaluate the quality of ideas and information in text. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

ESL: pg. 67, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 122, 137

NY R 3.3 - Identify different perspectives, such as social, cultural, ethnic, and historical, on an issue presented in one or more than one text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.4 - Recognize how one's own point of view contributes

to forming an opinion about information and ideas. RN N/A NY R 3.5 - Evaluate, with assistance, the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.5.1 - identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.5.2 - consider the background and qualifications of the

writer. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66, 102 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 106, 121 Reinforcing the Strategy: pg. 108 Blackline Master: pg. 109, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 107, 108, 122

NY R 3.5.3 - evaluate examples, details, or reasons used to support ideas.


Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY R 3.5.4 - identify differing points of view in texts and presentations. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 3.5.5 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 3.5.6 - identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A

NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences to build a relationship with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 ESL: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 32 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

Page 26 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences to build a relationship with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.

RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities FP11 - Reading fluently at a prescribed wpm rate, reading level, and word count FP12 - Reading text aloud smoothly naturally, accurately, and with expression FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP20 - Achieving reading automaticity LO07 - Oral Reading of grade-level appropriate passage

PU N/A NY R 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, position, and cultural traditions of the writer. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 4.3 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., jargon, colloquialisms, informal vocabulary, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.

RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice

WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Spelling

PU Practice Opportunity: Teacher’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165

NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell words within own writing that have been previously studied or that follow previously studied spelling patterns.


Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 158

NY LCW 2 - Use a variety of spelling resources, such as dictionaries and spell-check tools, to support correct spelling.

RN N/A Handwriting


NY LCW 3 - Use legible print and/or cursive writing.

RN N/A Composition NY LCW 4 - Engage in a variety of writing activities, both student and teacher initiated, to respond to the reading of literary and informational texts.

PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154

Page 27 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 4 - Engage in a variety of writing activities, both student and teacher initiated, to respond to the reading of literary and informational texts.



NY LCW 5 - Engage in a variety of writing activities, both student and teacher initiated, in response to listening to literary and informational texts.



NY LCW 6 - Write on a wide range of topics, both student and teacher selected.


NY LCW 7 - Write for a variety of purposes, selecting a form of writing appropriate to the function of the written communication.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149, 164

Page 28 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 7 - Write for a variety of purposes, selecting a form of writing appropriate to the function of the written communication.


PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149, 164

NY LCW 8 - Select an organizational pattern for writing that effectively communicates the topic and purpose of the text to the intended audience.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149, 164 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCW 9 - Write, using a variety of media such as print and electronic.


Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 During Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 84, 100, 117, 133, 148, 163 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149 Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165

NY LCW 10 - Use the writing process (e.g., prewriting, drafting, revising, proofreading, and editing).


Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 84, 100, 117, 133, 148, 163 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149

NY LCW 11 - Use a variety of prewriting strategies to plan and organize writing.

RN N/A

Page 29 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition

PU Teacher’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165

NY LCW 12 - Review writing independently in order to revise for focus, development of ideas, organization, and language use.


Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165

NY LCW 13 - Review writing independently to address editing concerns.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149, 164

NY LCW 14 - Write for a wide variety of audiences.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice


NY LCW 15 - Adjust style of writing, including voice and language used, according to purpose and audience.

RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice


NY LCW 16 - Demonstrate effective use of writer’s-craft techniques, such as literary devices, when writing.


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 107 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107

NY LCW 17 - Review writing with teachers and peers.

RN N/A Page 30 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Motivation to Write


NY LCW 18 - Engage in writing voluntarily to communicate ideas and emotions to a variety of audiences.



NY LCW 19 - Engage in writing voluntarily for a variety of purposes.


PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149

NY LCW 20 - Engage in writing voluntarily on a range of topics.


Page 31 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check & Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCW 21 - Publish writing in a variety of presentation or display mediums, for a variety of audiences.

RN N/A GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Opportunity to Extend: Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Writing Option 2: pg. 60

NY W 1.1 - Use at least three sources of information, with appropriate citations, to develop reports.

RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Opportunity to Extend: Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Writing Option 2: pg. 60

NY W 1.2 - Take notes to record and organize relevant data, facts, and ideas.


Writing Option 2: pg. 60 NY W 1.3 - State a main idea and support it with details and examples.



NY W 1.4 - Compare and contrast ideas and information from two or three sources.


Writing Option 2: pg. 60 NY W 1.5 - Adopt an organizational format, such as chronological order, that is appropriate for informational writing.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 2: pg. 60

NY W 1.6 - Use paragraphing to organize ideas and information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.7 - Use paraphrasing, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Writing Option 2: pg. 60 NY W 1.8 - Maintain a portfolio that includes informational writing. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

Page 32 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information

PU N/A NY W 1.9 - Include relevant and exclude irrelevant information, with assistance. RN N/A


NY W 1.10 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information from one or more sources, with assistance.



NY W 1.11 - Support ideas with examples, definitions, analogies, and direct references to the text, with assistance.


Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY W 1.12 - Answer questions about informational material and write accurate and complete responses, with assistance.

RN N/A NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 75, 108, 139 Plan for Writing: pg. 70

NY W 2.1.1 - Use organizing structures, such as stanzas, chapters, scenes, and verses.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined)


NY W 2.1.2 - Develop characters, create a setting, and establish a plot.


PU Teaching Opportunity: Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 75, 108, 139 Plan for Writing: pg. 70

NY W 2.1.3 - Use examples of literary devices, such as rhythm, rhyme, simile, and personification.



NY W 2.1.4 - Establish a consistent point of view (e.g., first or third person).


NY W 2.1.5 - Use vocabulary to create a desired effect.


Page 33 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts. NY W 2.1.5 - Use vocabulary to create a desired effect.

RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice

NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive essays to: PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Writing Option 1: pg. 90 Plan for Writing: pg. 101

NY W 2.2.1 - summarize the plot.



NY W 2.2.2 - describe the characters and explain how they change.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - describe the setting and recognize its importance

to the story. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 2.2.4 - draw a conclusion about the work.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.5 - interpret the impact of literary devices, such as

simile and personification. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.6 - recognize the impact of rhythm and rhyme in

poems. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Writing Option 1: pg. 123, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 134, 164

NY W 2.3 - Respond to literature, connecting the response to personal experience.


Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 90, 123, 154 NY W 2.4 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes literary, interpretive, and responsive writing.


Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 90, 123, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 101, 134, 164

NY W 2.5 - Express opinions and support them through specific references to the text, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.6 - Demonstrate understanding of plot and theme, with

assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 2.7 - Identify and describe characters and their motivations, with assistance.



NY W 2.8 - Analyze the impact of the setting, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.9 - Identify how the use of literary devices, such as

symbolism, metaphor and simile, personification, and flashback, affects meaning, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 34 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 123, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 134, 164

NY W 2.10 - Draw conclusions and provide reasons for the conclusions, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.11 - Compare and contrast characters, setting, mood,

and voice in more than one literary text or performance, with assistance.

RN N/A

NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. PU Student Edition

Prewriting/Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 123 Prewriting/Plan for Writing: pg. 133, 134

NY W 3.1 - Use strategies, such as note taking, semantic webbing or mapping, and outlining, to plan and organize writing.



NY W 3.2 - Use supporting evidence from text to evaluate ideas, information, themes, or experiences.


A Plan for Writing/Writing: pg. 95 Teacher’s Edition During Writing: pg. 94

NY W 3.3 - Analyze the impact of an event or issue from personal, peer group, and school community perspectives.



NY W 3.4 - Use information and ideas from other subject areas and personal experiences to form and express opinions and judgments.


Plan for Writing: pg. 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 123 Plan for Writing: pg. 134

NY W 3.5 - Adopt an organizational format (e.g., compare/contrast) appropriate for critical analysis and evaluation.



NY W 3.6 - Use precise vocabulary in writing analysis and evaluation.


NY W 3.7 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 123

Page 35 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY W 3.7 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.


PU Student Edition Plan for Writing: pg. 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 123 Plan for Writing: pg. 134

NY W 3.8 - Present clear analysis, using examples, details, and reasons from text, with assistance.



NY W 3.9 - Select content and choose strategies for written presentation on the basis of audience, purpose, and content, with assistance.


PU N/A NY W 3.10 - Explain connections between and among texts to extend the meaning of each individual text, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 3.11 - Compare and contrast literary elements in more than one genre and/or by more than one author, with assistance. RN N/A NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition Plan for Writing/Group Sharing: pg. 35

NY W 4.1 - Share the process of writing with peers and adults; for example, write a condolence note, get-well card, or thank-you letter with a writing partner or in small groups.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF03 - Writing Letters

PU Student Edition Plan for Writing: pg. 35

NY W 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the recipient. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and

confidence VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice


NY W 4.3 - Develop a personal voice that enables the reader to get to know the writer. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and

confidence VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice

Page 36 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition Plan for Writing: pg. 10, 47, 35 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60 Plan for Writing: pg. 70

NY W 4.4 - Write personal reactions about experiences, events, and observations, using a form of social communication.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF03 - Writing Letters WF08 - Writing a Speech

PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 35

NY W 4.5 - Maintain a portfolio that includes writing for social communication. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms


LISTENING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Listening

PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCL 1 - Listen attentively, for an extended period of time, to a variety of texts read aloud.

RN LO02 - Observing and listening to books read aloud PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY LCL 2 - Listen attentively, for an extended period of time, to oral presentations.

RN N/A NY LCL 3 - Listen attentively for different purposes, both student determined and teacher determined.

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 ESL: pg. 67 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14 Introducing the Theme: pg. T-16, 60

Page 37 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS LISTENING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Listening

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60, 106 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

Continued NY LCL 3 - Listen attentively for different purposes, both student determined and teacher determined.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 ESL: pg. 67 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14 Introducing the Theme: pg. T-16, 60 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60, 106 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCL 4 - Respond appropriately to what is heard.



NY LCL 5 - Listen respectfully when others speak.

RN N/A GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Student Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71

NY L 1.1 - Follow a sequence of instructions consisting of at least three steps when engaging in a task or assignment.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.2 - Identify essential details for note taking. RN N/A

Page 38 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 95

NY L 1.3 - Distinguish between fact and opinion.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.4 - Identify information that is implicit rather than

stated. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.5 - Connect new information to prior knowledge or

experience. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.6 - Recall significant ideas and details, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.7 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions, with

assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY L 1.8 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.

RN N/A NY L 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY L 2.1 - Distinguish different genres, such as story, biography, poem, or play.


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 NY L 2.2 - Identify a character’s motivation.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Recognize the use of literary devices, such as

symbolism, personification, rhythm, and rhyme, in presentation of literary texts, and determine their impact on meaning.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.4 - Identify cultural and historical influences in texts and performances. RN N/A NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 83, 95

NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences, with assistance. RN N/A


NY L 3.2 - Recognize that the criteria used to analyze and evaluate presentations may be influenced by one's point of view and purpose for listening. RN N/A


NY L 3.3 - Recognize and use the perspectives of others, including teachers and peers, to analyze and evaluate presentations. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95

NY L 3.4 - Recognize persuasive presentations and identify the techniques (e.g., choice of language and use of sound effects) used to accomplish that purpose. RN N/A


NY L 3.5 - Recognize persuasive techniques, such as emotional and ethical appeals in presentations, with assistance.


Group Sharing: pg. 47, 71, 83, 95 NY L 3.6 - Consider the experience and qualifications of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance. RN N/A


NY L 3.7 - Identify missing or unclear information, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 39 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94

NY L 4.1 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the speaker.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.2 - Recognize friendly communication on the basis of

volume, tone, and rate of the speaker’s voice. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Recognize that social communication may include

informal language, such as jargon and colloquialisms. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 71 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY L 4.4 - Recognize the meaning of the speaker’s nonverbal cues.

RN N/A SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY LCS 1 - Speak in response to listening to a variety of texts.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCS 2 - Speak in response to listening to and viewing a variety of performances.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 ESL: pg. 67 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCS 3 - Use appropriate and precise vocabulary to communicate ideas.



NY LCS 4 - Use grammatically correct sentences when speaking.

RN N/A

Page 40 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCS 5 - Include details and examples relevant to the audience when speaking.



NY LCS 6 - Communicate ideas in an organized and coherent manner.


Group Sharing: pg. 107 NY LCS 7 - Demonstrate understanding of the need to vary formality of language according to the audience and purpose for speaking. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 ESL: pg. 67 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCS 8 - Speak with expression, volume, pace, and gestures appropriate for the topic, audience, and purpose of communication.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 NY LCS 9 - Respond respectfully to others, and offer feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 ESL: pg. 67 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14 Introducing the Theme: pg. T-16, 60 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60, 106 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCS 10 - Participate in group discussions on a range of topics and for a variety of purposes.

RN N/A Page 41 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 1.1 - Synthesize and paraphrase information.


Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 NY S 1.2 - Make connections between sources of information.


Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 NY S 1.3 - Present reports of five to seven minutes for teachers and peers on topics related to any school subject.


Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 NY S 1.4 - Summarize main points as part of the conclusion.


Practice Opportunity: Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40

NY S 1.5 - Use notes, outlines, and visual aids appropriate to the presentation.

RN N/A NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY S 2.1 - Use audible voice and pacing appropriate to content and audience when presenting original works, such as stories, poems, and plays, to adults and peers.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.2 - Share book reviews. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.3 - Summarize the plot, describe the motivation of

characters, and explain the importance of setting. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83, 95, 107 NY S 2.4 - Use notes or outlines appropriately in presentations.

RN N/A NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY S 3.1 - Express an opinion or judgment about information, ideas, opinions, themes, and experiences in books, essays, articles, and advertisements.

RN N/A

Page 42 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104

NY S 3.2 - Use information and ideas from other subject areas and from personal experiences to form and express opinions and judgments. RN N/A


NY S 3.3 - Articulate a thesis statement and support it with details, examples, and reasons.


Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95, 107 NY S 3.4 - Persuade, using appropriate language, tone, volume, and gestures.


Group Sharing: pg. 95, 107 NY S 3.5 - Use notes or outlines appropriately in presentations.

RN N/A NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.


NY S 4.1 - Discuss the content of friendly notes, cards, and letters with a teacher or classmate, in order to get to know the writer and each other. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Use the informal language of social communication. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.3 - Respect the age, gender, social position, culture, and

interests of the listener. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 4.4 - Use the rules of conversation, such as avoid interrupting and respond respectfully.

RN N/A

Page 43 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 75, 92, 110, 126, 142, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 79, 96, 114, 130, 146, 162, 163 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 141 ESL: pg. 92


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language

Page 44 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 1 - Use knowledge of a variety of decoding strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words.

RN PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 73, 85 (Footnotes): pg. 5-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-43, 64-68, 77-79, 88-92, 100, 102-103 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 73, 85 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 110, 126 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159 Blackline Master: pg. 115, 131


OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary

Page 45 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 2 - Integrate sources of information to decode unfamiliar words, self-monitor, and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 75, 92, 110, 126, 142, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 79, 96, 114, 130, 146, 162, 163 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 141 ESL: pg. 92


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning

Page 46 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 3 - Use word recognition skills and strategies quickly, accurately, and automatically when decoding unfamiliar words.

RN WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 74, 125


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceVA03 - Developing vocabulary FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

Page 47 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 75, 92, 110, 126, 142, 158 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 141 ESL: pg. 92 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159

NY LCR 5 - Extend knowledge of word meaning through direct and indirect means.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks WA01 - Using Context Clues

Page 48 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development Continued NY LCR 5 - Extend knowledge of word meaning through direct and indirect means.

RN WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 158 Blackline Master: pg. 163 Reading Chapter 2/ESL: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 141 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 157


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Before Reading: pg. 28, 76 Reteaching: pg. 104 ESL: pg. 43 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 74, 98

Page 49 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 109, 125 Meeting Individual Needs: 43

Continued NY LCR 7 - Use prior knowledge and experience in order to understand ideas and vocabulary found in a variety of texts. RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary

words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks RS03 - Identifying theme RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill


PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100

Page 50 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159

Continued NY LCR 8 - Acquire new vocabulary by engaging with a variety of texts written by a range of different authors.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 (Footnotes): pg. 5-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-43, 64-68, 77-79, 88-92, 100, 102-103 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59, 92, 110, 142, 126, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 64, 97, 115, 131, 147, 163 ESL: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 141 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

Page 51 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49, 73, 85 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49, 73, 85 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 92, 110, 126 Blackline Master: pg. 97, 115, 131 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159



PU Practice Opportunity Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59 Blackline Master: pg. 64



Page 52 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159


RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

Page 53 of 439 021108


11

GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 77, 94, 112, 128, 146, 160


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29, 30, 31, 32, 41, 42, 43, 44, 65, 66, 67, 68, 77, 79, 80, 88, 89, 90, 92, 101, 102, 103, 104 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Blackline Master: pg. 49-53, 65-69, 81-86, 98-102, 116-120, 132-136, 148-152, 164-167



NY LCR 15 - Ask questions to self-monitor comprehension, to clarify understanding, and to focus reading.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 79

Page 54 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 15 - Ask questions to self-monitor comprehension, to clarify understanding, and to focus reading.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



PU Student Edition Theme Wrap Up: pg. 114, 119 Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 67 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 159




PU Student Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 141, 157 Reading Selection Introduction: pg. 157 Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Blackline Master: pg. 145, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

Page 55 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies Continued NY LCR 18 - Present a point of view or interpretation of a text, such as its theme or the author’s intended message, and support it with relevant details from the text.


PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29, 30, 31, 32, 41, 42, 43, 44, 65, 66, 67, 68, 77, 79, 80, 88, 89, 90, 92, 101, 102, 103, 104 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 59, 114, 119 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Blackline Master: pg. 49-53, 65-69, 81-86, 98-102, 116-120, 132-136, 148-152, 164-167


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialRS03 - Identifying theme RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

Page 56 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 28, 76 Reteaching: pg. 104 ESL: pg. 43 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 109, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 112, 128 Meeting Individual Needs: 43


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU N/A NY LCR 21 - Note and describe aspects of the writer’s craft, and explain the role that crafting techniques play in helping the reader comprehend the text.


PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 ESL: pg. 91, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106



Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Page 57 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Motivation to Read PU Teacher’s Edition

Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 25 - Show interest in reading a wide range of texts, topics, genres, and authors. RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities

RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts

PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106




NY LCR 27 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of literature. RN N/A NY LCR 28 - Engage in independent silent reading for extended periods of time.

PU Teacher’s Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

Page 58 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Motivation to Read Continued NY LCR 28 - Engage in independent silent reading for extended periods of time.




PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159 Black Line Master: pg. 161



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 74, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 74, 98 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 106, 121, 137, 152 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 109, 124, 140, 141, 155 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154




RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43



PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58

Page 59 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 126 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 127 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 129 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58

Continued NY R 1.6 - Use text features, such as headings, captions, and titles, to understand and interpret informational texts


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Teacher’s Edition Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 91 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 94




PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 157, 158 Black Line Master: pg. 165




PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 76, 77, 79, 80 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 74 Discussing the Responses/Reteaching: pg. 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 125 Blackline Master: pg. 128

Page 60 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.10 - Identify information that is implied rather than stated.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Black Line Master: pg. 95

NY R 1.11 - Compare and contrast information about one topic from multiple sources.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS15 - Comparing and contrasting

PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 74, 98 ESL: pg. 43 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 After Reading: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 110 ESL: pg. 91 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107



PU Student Edition Thinking About the Selection: pg. 21, 45, 81 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59, 119 Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 159



Page 61 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 76, 77, 79, 80 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43 Strategy: pg. 74 Reteaching: pg. 80 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42, 78 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 125 Blackline Master: pg. 128 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 92, 126, 127, 158, 159



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 91 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 94 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 58, 91, 125, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 125


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words

Page 62 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.15 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational texts, with assistance.

RN VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

Page 63 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 41, 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 92, 126 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 127 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 95, 129



Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 77, 79 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 After Reading: pg. 68, 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 109, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 112, 128

NY R 1.17 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.


PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 66, 68 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 93 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 28, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 141 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 126 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 111 Reading Selection Introduction: pg. 157 Reading Part III: pg. 159 Blackline Master: pg. 77 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 141



Page 64 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 28, 64, 88 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 31, 67, 91 After Reading: pg. 8, 32, 68, 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 74, 109, 141 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 77, 112, 146

NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.

RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Before Reading: pg. 64 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 143



Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 7,0 82, 94, 106 NY R 2.3 - Select literary texts on the basis of personal needs and interests and read silently for enjoyment for extended periods.


Page 65 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.4 - Read aloud from a variety of genres (e.g., plays and poems).

PU Teacher’s Edition Practice Opportunity: (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reteaching: pg. 44 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21




PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 75, 110, 142Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 78, 113, 145



PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Blackline Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 58, 59, 74, 110, 141, 142, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 75, 126



PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 143


RN N/A

Page 66 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU N/A NY R 2.9 - Identify the ways in which characters change and develop throughout a story. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62 Think-Along Questions: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 29, 30, 31, 32, 65, 66, 67, 68 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 30, 66 During Reading: pg. 4, 28, 64 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 75, 110, 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 75, 76, 110, 111 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 49-53, 78, 81-86, 113, 116-120, 145 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 75, 76, 143

NY R 2.10 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: pg. 77

NY R 2.11 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator, with assistance. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS20 - Determining point of view


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Blackline Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 58, 59, 74, 110, 141, 142, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 75, 126

Page 67 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. Continued NY R 2.12 - Determine how the use and meaning of literary devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, convey the author’s message or intent, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Black Line Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 59, 74, 75, 110, 141, 142, 158




RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 79, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43



PU Student Edition Thinking About the Selection: pg. 21, 45, 81 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59, 119 Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 142, 159

NY R 3.1.1 - identifying: a central idea and supporting details.


PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - identifying: precise and vague language. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 157, 158 Black Line Master: pg. 165

NY R 3.1.3 - identifying: statements of fact, opinion, and exaggeration.


PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - identifying: missing or unclear information. RN N/A

Page 68 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Strategy Tip: pg. 89, 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 141, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 144, 160

NY R 3.2 - Use established and personal criteria to analyze and evaluate the quality of ideas and information in text.


ESL: pg. 79, 91, 103 Reteaching: pg. 44 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 127, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 143


RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.4 - Recognize how one's own point of view

contributes to forming an opinion about information and ideas.

RN N/A

NY R 3.5 - Evaluate, with assistance, the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.5.1 - identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 160

NY R 3.5.2 - consider the background and qualifications of the writer.


Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Think-Along Questions: pg. 101-104 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 160, 164-169



Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

NY R 3.5.4 - identify differing points of view in texts and presentations.

RN N/A

Page 69 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.5 - Evaluate, with assistance, the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.5.5 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 3.5.6 - identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A

NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. PU Teacher’s Edition

Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences to build a relationship with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 160

NY R 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, position, and cultural traditions of the writer.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 4.3 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., jargon,

colloquialisms, informal vocabulary, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.

RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceVA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice


PU Practice Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 72, 89, 105, 123, 139, 155


RN N/A

Page 70 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Spelling

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 126 Blackline Master: pg. 131


RN N/A Handwriting

PU Practice Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143


RN N/A Composition


NY LCW 4 - Engage in a variety of writing activities, both student and teacher initiated, to respond to the reading of literary and informational texts.







Page 71 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 6 - Write on a wide range of topics, both student and teacher selected.








A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172


RN N/A

Page 72 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition

PU Student Edition Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 During Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Prewriting: pg. 54 , 70, 87, 103, 121, 137, 153, 169 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170 Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 72, 89, 105, 123, 139, 155, 171



Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Prewriting: pg. 54 , 70, 87, 103, 121, 137, 153, 169 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170









A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170



Page 73 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154






PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 23 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107


RN N/A Motivation to Write






Page 74 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Motivation to Write NY LCW 19 - Engage in writing voluntarily for a variety of purposes.





PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95


RN N/A

Page 75 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information





NY W 1.3 - State a main idea and support it with details and examples.


Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95 Writing Option 1: pg. 93 Plan for Writing: pg. 104




NY W 1.5 - Adopt an organizational format, such as chronological order, that is appropriate for informational writing. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF01 - Writing Informational Essays PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 1.6 - Use paragraphing to organize ideas and information.



NY W 1.7 - Use paraphrasing, with assistance.




PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 93 Plan for Writing: pg. 104

NY W 1.9 - Include relevant and exclude irrelevant information, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 76 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information




Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95



Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95 Writing Option 1: pg. 93 Plan for Writing: pg. 104



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 55






PU Teaching Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 55



Page 77 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts.







NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive essays to: PU N/A NY W 2.2.1 - summarize the plot. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - describe the characters and explain how they

change. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - describe the setting and recognize its

importance to the story. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder









Writing Option 1: pg. 143 NY W 2.4 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes literary, interpretive, and responsive writing.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 111, 127 Plan for Writing: pg. 122, 138


RN N/A

Page 78 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.


NY W 2.6 - Demonstrate understanding of plot and theme, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.7 - Identify and describe characters and their

motivations, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.8 - Analyze the impact of the setting, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.9 - Identify how the use of literary devices, such as


RN N/A





RN N/A


A Plan for Writing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159



A Plan for Writing: pg. 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 154



Writing: pg. 83, 107 Teacher’s Edition During Writing: pg. 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 138, 170



Writing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition During Writing: pg. 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 138, 170


RN N/A

Page 79 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 138, 154, 170



A Plan for Writing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 138, 154, 170



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159










PU N/A NY W 3.11 - Compare and contrast literary elements in more than one genre and/or by more than one author, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 80 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 35 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 76 Writing Option 2: pg. 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 88




NY W 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the recipient.


PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 35 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 76 Writing Option 2: pg. 159

NY W 4.3 - Develop a personal voice that enables the reader to get to know the writer.


PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 35 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 76 Writing Option 2: pg. 159



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 35 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 76 Writing Option 2: pg. 159

NY W 4.5 - Maintain a portfolio that includes writing for social communication.


Page 81 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts LISTENING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Listening

PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42


RN LO02 - Observing and listening to books read aloud

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 ESL: pg. 157

NY LCL 3 - Listen attentively for different purposes, both student determined and teacher determined.







RN N/A

Page 82 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.




Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 Teaching Opportunity: ESL: pg. 157

NY L 1.2 - Identify essential details for note taking.


Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 Teaching Opportunity: ESL: pg. 157



Teaching Opportunity: ESL: pg. 157

NY L 1.4 - Identify information that is implicit rather than stated.


ESL: pg. 103 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 74, 98 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: 43 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107

NY L 1.5 - Connect new information to prior knowledge or experience.



NY L 1.6 - Recall significant ideas and details, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.7 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions, with



NY L 1.8 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 83 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU N/A NY L 2.1 - Distinguish different genres, such as story, biography, poem, or play. RN N/A


NY L 2.2 - Identify a character’s motivation.



RN N/A


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157

NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences, with assistance.


Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157

NY L 3.2 - Recognize that the criteria used to analyze and evaluate presentations may be influenced by one's point of view and purpose for listening.



NY L 3.3 - Recognize and use the perspectives of others, including teachers and peers, to analyze and evaluate presentations.



NY L 3.4 - Recognize persuasive presentations and identify the techniques (e.g., choice of language and use of sound effects) used to accomplish that purpose.






NY L 3.6 - Consider the experience and qualifications of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 84 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.



RN N/A NY L 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU N/A NY L 4.1 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the speaker. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 4.2 - Recognize friendly communication on the basis of volume, tone, and rate of the speaker’s voice. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Recognize that social communication may include informal language, such as jargon and colloquialisms. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



PU N/A NY LCS 1 - Speak in response to listening to a variety of texts. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 ESL: pg. 157



Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172


RN N/A

Page 85 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172




NY LCS 7 - Demonstrate understanding of the need to vary formality of language according to the audience and purpose for speaking.





Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157

NY LCS 9 - Respond respectfully to others, and offer feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner.

RN N/A NY LCS 10 - Participate in group discussions on a range of topics and for a variety of purposes.

PU Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106

Page 86 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157

Continued NY LCS 10 - Participate in group discussions on a range of topics and for a variety of purposes.

RN N/A GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.




Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 NY S 1.2 - Make connections between sources of information.



NY S 1.3 - Present reports of five to seven minutes for teachers and peers on topics related to any school subject.



NY S 1.4 - Summarize main points as part of the conclusion.



NY S 1.5 - Use notes, outlines, and visual aids appropriate to the presentation.





Practice Opportunity: Writing Option 1: pg. 143

NY S 2.2 - Share book reviews.

RN N/A

Page 87 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Practice Opportunity: Writing Option 1: pg. 143

NY S 2.3 - Summarize the plot, describe the motivation of characters, and explain the importance of setting.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

NY S 2.4 - Use notes or outlines appropriately in presentations.


PU Teacher’s Edition Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Practice Opportunity: Writing Option 1: pg. 143




NY S 3.2 - Use information and ideas from other subject areas and from personal experiences to form and express opinions and judgments.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 NY S 3.3 - Articulate a thesis statement and support it with details, examples, and reasons.


Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

NY S 3.4 - Persuade, using appropriate language, tone, volume, and gestures.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 71, 83 Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



PU N/A NY S 4.1 - Discuss the content of friendly notes, cards, and letters with a teacher or classmate, in order to get to know the writer and each other.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Use the informal language of social communication. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 4.3 - Respect the age, gender, social position, culture, and interests of the listener. RN N/A

Page 88 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


Language Arts GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106


RN N/A

Page 89 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX

NEW YORK STATE CORE CURRICULUM STECK-VAUGHN POWER UP! LEVEL 3 AND RENAISSANCE LEARNING READ NOW


PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 ESL: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 90, 109, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 78, 94, 113, 129 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u

Page 90 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 1 - Use knowledge of a variety of decoding strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words.

RN PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningfulgrammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25 Reteaching: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Reading Chapter 5, 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 91 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 ESL: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 90, 109, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 78, 94, 113, 129 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u

Page 92 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



RN PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningfulgrammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156




Student Edition Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85 Reteaching: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 ESL: pg. 67 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108

Page 93 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 90, 109, 125 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 78, 94, 113, 129, 160 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 94 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 129 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 60, 90, 126 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 124


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 74 Before Reading: pg. 28, 40 Reteaching: pg. 96 ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks RS03 - Identifying theme RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions

Page 95 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



RN RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 37, 73 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92 Glossary: pg. 120-124

Page 96 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 37, 73 Reteaching: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59, 74, 109 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 78, 113, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Reading Chapter 5, 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157

Continued NY LCR 9 - Use self-monitoring strategies to identify specific vocabulary difficulties that disrupt comprehension, and employ an efficient course of action, such as using a known word base or a resource such as a glossary to resolve the difficulty.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS32 - Monitoring comprehension


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Reteaching: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Reading Chapter 5, 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157

Page 97 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development NY LCR 10 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print resources, including electronic resources.





Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 12 - Read grade-level texts from a variety of genres, in varying text formats and by different authors, for a variety of purposes.

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157

Page 98 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 12 - Read grade-level texts from a variety of genres, in varying text formats and by different authors, for a variety of purposes.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104

Page 99 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 92, 111, 127, 143

Continued NY LCR 13 - Use a variety of strategies (e.g., summarizing, forming questions, visualizing, and making connections) to support understanding of texts read. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialRS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 4, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20, 28, 29, 30, 32, 40, 42, 43, 44, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 78, 79, 80, 89, 90, 91, 92, 100, 101, 102, 103 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Black Line Masters: pg. 48-53, 64-68, 79-84, 95-101, 114-119, 130-135, 146-150, 161-166



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 79 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156




PU Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 91 Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 100 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42, 59 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Continued NY LCR 16 - Make connections between texts being read to own lives, the lives of others, other texts read in the past, and the world at large.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 108, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60, 110, 126, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 127



PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 141 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 141, 142 Blackline Master: pg. 144 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Page 101 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 4, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20, 28, 29, 30, 32, 40, 42, 43, 44, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 78, 79, 80, 89, 90, 91, 92, 100, 101, 102, 103 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 59, 114, 119 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Black Line Masters: pg. 48-53, 64-68, 79-84, 95-101, 114-119, 130-135, 146-150, 161-166


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialRS03 - Identifying theme RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 74 Before Reading: pg. 28, 40 Reteaching: pg. 96

Page 102 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61

Continued NY LCR 20 - Use prior knowledge, along with multiple sources of information, to support comprehension, from forming predictions to making inferences and drawing conclusions.


PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 141 Blackline Master: pg. 145

NY LCR 21 - Note and describe aspects of the writer’s craft, and explain the role that crafting techniques play in helping the reader comprehend the text.


PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 67, 79 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91, 103 Reteaching: pg. 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 141, 142 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59 ESL: pg. 109 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A NY LCR 23 - Demonstrate comprehension of grade-level texts through a range of responses, such as writing, drama, and presentations.

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Group Sharing: pg. 23, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 46, 70, 82 Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75, 91, 110, 142, 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 86, 103, 121, 152, 168 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Page 103 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 23 - Demonstrate comprehension of grade-level texts through a range of responses, such as writing, drama, and presentations.


PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Group Sharing: pg. 23, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 46, 70, 82 Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75, 91, 110, 142, 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 86, 103, 121, 152, 168 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170




Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 25 - Show interest in reading a wide range of texts, topics, genres, and authors. RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities

RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts




Page 104 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX




NY LCR 27 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of literature. RN N/A






NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources, with some direction, to acquire information.


Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 48 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 48 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91 Blackline Master: pg. 93



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 92, 111, 127, 143, 158


RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

Page 105 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.3 - Read to collect and interpret data, facts, and ideas from multiple sources.

RN RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea


RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60, 91 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 142



Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24, 84 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 24, 84 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 125 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60, 126 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 128

NY R 1.6 - Use text features, such as headings, captions, and titles, to understand and interpret informational texts


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Blackline Master: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90



PU N/A NY R 1.8 - Identify missing, conflicting, unclear, and irrelevant information. RN N/A NY R 1.9 - Distinguish between fact and opinion.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Think-Along Question: pg. 89, 91, 102 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 93, 105

Page 106 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Before Reading/During Reading: pg. 88, 100 Reteaching: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 143, 158

Continued NY R 1.9 - Distinguish between fact and opinion.


PU Student Edition Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-up: pg. 54, 59 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43, 91 Reteaching: pg. 108, 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91, 156, 157 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 159, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105




Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14

Page 107 of 439 021108


19

GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Before Reading: pg. 28, 40 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 74 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58, 59

Continued NY R 1.12 - Recognize how new information is related to prior knowledge or experience.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 76 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 124 Blackline Master: pg. 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 126, 157



PU Student Edition Thinking about the Selection: pg. 21, 81, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59 Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Strategy Tip: pg. 77 Reteaching: pg. 80 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42, 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 89, 91, 125, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Page 108 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24, 84 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24, 84 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 125 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 126 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 92, 128 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 58, 89, 124, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 90, 91, 125, 126, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 124, 125, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view

Page 109 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.15 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational texts, with assistance.

RN RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Strategy Tip: pg. 77 Reteaching: pg. 80 ESL: pg. 91 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42, 102 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 155 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Think-Along Questions: pg. 4, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 81 Theme Wrap-up: pg. 59 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 49, 52, 61 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59 Reading Chapter 3: pg. 59 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60

Page 110 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.17 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Think-Along Questions: pg. 4, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 16 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Purpose for Reading: pg. 50, 55, 110, 115 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 108, 140 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 49, 52, 61 Reading Chapter 3: pg. 59 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60



NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 28, 64, 88 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 31, 67, 91 After Reading: pg. 8, 32, 68, 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 73, 108, 140 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 76, 111, 143

Page 111 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.


PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 4 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 74 ESL: pg. 42, 108



Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

NY R 2.3 - Select literary texts on the basis of personal needs and interests and read silently for enjoyment for extended periods.


NY R 2.4 - Read aloud from a variety of genres (e.g., plays and poems). NY R 2.4.1 - Use inflection and intonation appropriate to text read and audience.

PU Teacher’s Edition Practice Opportunity: (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

Page 112 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.4 - Read aloud from a variety of genres (e.g., plays and poems). NY R 2.4.1 - Use inflection and intonation appropriate to text read and audience.



PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Teacher’s Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 109, 141Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 74, 109, 110, 141, 142 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 77, 112, 144



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 141 ESL: pg. 43, 73, 109, 110, 124, 125, 141, 156 Blackline Master: pg. 145



PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110


RN N/A PU N/A NY R 2.9 - Identify the ways in which characters change and

develop throughout a story. RN N/A NY R 2.10 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text, with assistance.

PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 66, 67 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Teacher’s Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96

Page 113 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 109 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 74, 109, 110 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 46, 77, 112, 114, 116, 117 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Continued NY R 2.10 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 88 Strategy Tip: pg. 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 141

NY R 2.11 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 141 Blackline Master: pg. 145 ESL: pg. 43, 73, 109, 110, 124, 125, 141, 156




PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 141 Blackline Master: pg. 145 ESL: pg. 43, 73, 109, 110, 124, 125, 141, 156

Page 114 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.13 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings, with assistance.



RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103 Interesting Facts/Before Reading: pg. 64 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reteaching: pg. 68, 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 108, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 126, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 127



PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - precise and vague language. RN N/A


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 141 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 143, 145, 158

Page 115 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate information, ideas, opinions, and themes by identifying: NY R 3.1.3 - statements of fact, opinion, and exaggeration.


PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - missing or unclear information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 75 Plan for Writing: pg. 86 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103 Interesting Facts/Before Reading: pg. 64 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reteaching: pg. 68, 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.4 - Recognize how one's own point of view

contributes to forming an opinion about information and ideas.

RN N/A

NY R 3.5 - Evaluate, with assistance, the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.5.1 - identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reteaching: pg. 92 NY R 3.5.2 - consider the background and qualifications of the writer. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 108, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 126, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 127


RN N/A

Page 116 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.5 - Evaluate, with assistance, the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.5.4 - identify differing points of view in texts and presentations. RN N/A


NY R 3.5.5 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.5.6 - identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A

NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. PU Teacher’s Edition

Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106




PU Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 74, 75

NY R 4.3 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., jargon, colloquialisms, informal vocabulary, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.



PU Practice Opportunity: Student’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 87, 104, 122, 138, 153, 169


RN N/A

Page 117 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Spelling

PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 160


RN N/A Handwriting

PU Practice Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 91, 110, 126, 142, 157


RN N/A Composition









Page 118 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 6 - Write on a wide range of topics, both student and teacher selected.










RN N/A NY LCW 10 - Use the writing process (e.g., prewriting, drafting, revising, proofreading, and editing).

PU Student Edition Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before/During Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 91, 110, 126, 142, 157

Page 119 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 85, 102, 120, 136, 151, 167 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 86, 103, 121, 137, 152 Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 87, 104, 122, 138, 153, 169

Continued NY LCW 10 - Use the writing process (e.g., prewriting, drafting, revising, proofreading, and editing).


Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 91, 110, 126, 142, 157 Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 85, 102, 120, 136, 151, 167


RN N/A PU Student’s Edition













Page 120 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX






PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 70, 107 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107









Page 121 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX






PU Student’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 87, 104, 122, 138, 153, 169



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157



Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 ESL: pg. 91 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157


RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.3 - State a main idea and support it with details and

examples. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157


RN N/A

Page 122 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX




NY W 1.5 - Adopt an organizational format, such as chronological order, that is appropriate for informational writing.




RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.7 - Use paraphrasing, with assistance. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Writing: pg. 47 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 91 Writing Option 2: pg. 126

NY W 1.8 - Maintain a portfolio that includes informational writing.



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 ESL: pg. 91 Reteaching: pg. 104, 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157



Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 91 Plan for Writing: pg. 103


RN N/A

Page 123 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 ESL: pg. 91 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157



PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 126 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 75, 110 Plan for Writing: pg. 137






PU Teaching Opportunity: Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 126 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 75, 110 Plan for Writing: pg. 137








Page 124 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts. NY W 2.1.5 - Use vocabulary to create a desired effect.


NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive essays to: PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 2.2.1 - summarize the plot.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - describe the characters and explain how they

change. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - describe the setting and recognize its

importance to the story. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder









A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75

NY W 2.4 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes literary, interpretive, and responsive writing.


Writing Option 1: pg. 75 NY W 2.5 - Express opinions and support them through specific references to the text, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.6 - Demonstrate understanding of plot and theme,

with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.7 - Identify and describe characters and their



RN N/A



RN N/A

Page 125 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU N/A NY W 2.11 – Compare and contrast characters, setting, mood, and voice in more than one literary text or performance, with assistance.

RN N/A


A Plan for Writing: pg. 35 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 75, 142 Plan for Writing: pg. 70, 86, 152






Writing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104



Writing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Edition During Writing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 142 Writing Option 2: pg. 91 Plan for Writing: pg. 70, 152



A Plan for Writing: pg. 23, 35 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 75, 142 Plan for Writing: pg. 70, 86, 152


RN N/A NY W 3.6 - Use precise vocabulary in writing analysis and evaluation.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 23, 35 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 75, 142 Plan for Writing: pg. 70, 86, 152

Page 126 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY W 3.6 - Use precise vocabulary in writing analysis and evaluation.




RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 75 Plan for Writing: pg. 86







PU N/A NY W 3.11 - Compare and contrast literary elements in more than one genre and/or by more than one author, with assistance.

RN N/A

NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. PU Student Edition

Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 168



Page 127 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 168






PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 83, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 168



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 157




PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106


RN LO02 - Observing and listening to books read aloud

Page 128 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106



ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

NY LCL 3 - Listen attentively for different purposes, both student determined and teacher determined.


ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106





RN N/A

Page 129 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX






Group Sharing: pg. 23 NY L 1.3 - Distinguish between fact and opinion.



experience. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 23, 47 NY L 1.6 - Recall significant ideas and details, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.7 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions, with


Group Sharing: pg. 23, 47 NY L 1.8 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.


PU N/A NY L 2.1 - Distinguish different genres, such as story, biography, poem, or play. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106




RN N/A


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47, 107

NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 3.2 - Recognize that the criteria used to analyze and evaluate presentations may be influenced by one's point of view and purpose for listening.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 3.3 - Recognize and use the perspectives of others, including teachers and peers, to analyze and evaluate presentations.

RN N/A


NY L 3.4 - Recognize persuasive presentations and identify the techniques (e.g., choice of language and use of sound effects) used to accomplish that purpose. RN N/A

Page 130 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.


NY L 3.5 - Recognize persuasive techniques, such as emotional and ethical appeals in presentations, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 3.6 - Consider the experience and qualifications of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance.

RN N/A




PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106




informal language, such as jargon and colloquialisms. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

NY LCS 1 - Speak in response to listening to a variety of texts. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106



Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106


RN N/A NY LCS 4 - Use grammatically correct sentences when speaking.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30

Page 131 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

Continued NY LCS 4 - Use grammatically correct sentences when speaking.








Group Sharing: pg. 107 NY LCS 7 - Demonstrate understanding of the need to vary formality of language according to the audience and purpose for speaking. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106



ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A NY LCS 10 - Participate in group discussions on a range of topics and for a variety of purposes.

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107

Page 132 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Continued NY LCS 10 - Participate in group discussions on a range of topics and for a variety of purposes.

RN N/A GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.



RN N/A PU N/A NY S 1.2 - Make connections between sources of information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 NY S 1.3 - Present reports of five to seven minutes for teachers and peers on topics related to any school subject.


Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 NY S 1.4 - Summarize main points as part of the conclusion.


Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 NY S 1.5 - Use notes, outlines, and visual aids appropriate to the presentation.







RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.3 - Summarize the plot, describe the motivation of




RN N/A

Page 133 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 3 – Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Reteaching: pg. 12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Group Sharing: pg. 23 NY S 3.3 - Articulate a thesis statement and support it with details, examples, and reasons.


Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47 NY S 3.4 - Persuade, using appropriate language, tone, volume, and gestures.


Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47 NY S 3.5 - Use notes or outlines appropriately in presentations.




PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Use the informal language of social communication. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 4.3 - Respect the age, gender, social position, culture, and interests of the listener. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A

Page 134 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 49, 73, 97, 109 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 49, 73, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 31 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 60, 93, 111, 144, 159Blackline Master: pg. 47, 64, 97, 115, 148 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 61, 77, 111, 127,128, 143, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 60, 61, 112, 127


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u

Page 135 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 1 - Use knowledge of a variety of decoding strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words.

RN PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningfulgrammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on wordstructure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 136 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 49, 73, 97, 109 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 49, 73, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 31 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 60, 93, 111, 144, 159 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 64, 97, 115, 148 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 61, 77, 111, 127, 128, 143, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 60, 61, 112, 127


OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i

Page 137 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



RN PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningfulgrammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99Reteaching: pg. 13, 25, 37, 46, 49, 72, 73, 85, 96, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 77, 111, 127, 128, 143, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 112, 127




PU Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 49, 73, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 31 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66

Page 138 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 60, 93, 111, 144, 159 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 64, 97, 115, 148 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 61, 77, 111, 127, 128, 143, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 60, 61, 112, 127


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 139 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 73, 109 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 73, 109 Assessment: pg. 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 111, 159 Blackline Master: pg. 115, 163 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 43, 144 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 43 Reading Chapter 6: pg. 94 ESL: pg. 143 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Teacher’s EditionReciprocal Teaching: pg. 31, 43, 103 Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 110, 127 Blackline Masters: pg. 113, 130 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 129 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks

Page 140 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



RN RS03 - Identifying theme RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words

Page 141 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS32 - Monitoring comprehension

PU Student Edition Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA01 - Using Context Clues WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Page 142 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s EditionReteaching: pg. 25

NY LCR 11 - Use a thesaurus to identify synonyms and antonyms. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence

VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA08 - Using Reference Materials

Comprehension Strategies PU Student Edition

(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160


RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events

Page 143 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies Continued NY LCR 12 - Read grade-level texts from a variety of genres, in varying text formats and by different authors, for a variety of purposes.

RN RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 62, 80, 96, 114, 131, 146


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialRS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension


PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18, 20, 29, 30, 31, 32, 40, 42, 43, 44, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 77, 79, 80, 88, 90, 91, 92, 100, 101, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158

Page 144 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Blackline Masters: pg. 48-54, 65-71, 82-87, 98-103, 116-122, 133-138, 149-153, 164-169

Continued NY LCR 14 - Employ self-monitoring strategies and engage in self-correcting behaviors when comprehension has been disrupted.


PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 Discussing the Responses: pg. 80 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



PU Student Edition Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 45, 69, 81, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59, 114, 119 Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 67 Writing Option 1: pg. 94 Plan for Writing: pg. 105


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details


PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119

Page 145 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Strategy/Introducing the Strategy: pg. 98 Before Reading/During Reading: pg. 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 158 Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 144 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 145 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 144, 161 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY LCR 18 - Present a point of view or interpretation of a text, such as its theme or the author’s intended message, and support it with relevant details from the text.


PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 18, 20, 29, 30, 31, 32, 40, 42, 43, 44, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 77, 79, 80, 88, 90, 91, 92, 100, 101, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 59, 114, 119 Teacher’s Edition Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Blackline Masters: pg. 48-54, 65-71, 82-87, 98-103, 116-122, 133-138, 149-153, 164-169


OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialRS03 - Identifying theme RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers

Page 146 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies Continued NY LCR 19 - Read grade-level texts and answer literal, inferential, analytic, and evaluative questions.

RN RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 68, 76, 79, 80 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 40, 64, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Strategy: pg. 62, 74 During Reading: pg. 64, 76 Reteaching: pg. 68, 80 Strategy Tip: pg. 77 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127, 143 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 110, 127 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 145 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Blackline Masters: pg. 113, 130



NY LCR 21 - Note and describe aspects of the writer’s craft, and explain the role that crafting techniques play in helping the reader comprehend the text.


Page 147 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies NY LCR 21 - Note and describe aspects of the writer’s craft, and explain the role that crafting techniques play in helping the reader comprehend the text.


PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144, 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Writing Option 1: pg. 94, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 105, 155 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Writing Option 1: pg. 94, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 105, 155 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters

Page 148 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension Strategies Continued NY LCR 24 - Demonstrate personal response to grade-level texts through a range of responses, such as writing, drama, and oral presentations.

RN WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech


Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108


RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts




PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108

NY LCR 27 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of literature.


(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21



Page 149 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX




PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159, 160 Blackline Master: pg. 162 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 159



PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 61 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 128 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 129 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 132




RN N/A




PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 84 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 76 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 84 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18

Page 150 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapter 1: pg. 92, 127 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 128 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 128, 129 Blackline Master: pg. 131

Continued NY R 1.6 - Use text features, such as headings, captions, and titles, to understand and interpret informational texts

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, Charts) FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 45 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38 During Reading: pg. 40 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Discussing the Responses/Reteaching: pg. 44 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 59, 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 92 Blackline Masters: pg. 62, 95




PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 101



PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 76 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 112


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

Page 151 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 24 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 61 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 76 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 40 Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 ESL: pg. 7, 103 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 110, 127 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 110, 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Blackline Master: pg. 113, 130



PU Student Edition Thinking About the Selection: pg. 45, 81, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59, 119

NY R 1.13 - Identify main ideas and supporting details in informational texts to distinguish relevant and irrelevant information. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 76 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 76 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 102 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 127

Page 152 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Blackline Master: pg. 130 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 127, 128, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 127

Continued NY R 1.14 - Apply thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer, to interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts, with assistance. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 45 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 During Reading: pg. 40 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Discussing the Responses/Reteaching: pg. 44 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 59, 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 92 Blackline Masters: pg. 62, 95 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 59, 92, 127, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 60, 61, 93, 94, 128, 129, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 127, 128, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 127


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning

Page 153 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.15 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational texts, with assistance.

RN RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 78 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 94



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 26, 38, 62, 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 76 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 33, 45, 69, 81

Page 154 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 26, 38, 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 28, 40, 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 29, 41, 65, 77 Reteaching: pg. 32, 44, 68, 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 76, 92, 110 Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 92, 110, 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Blackline Master: pg. 79, 95, 113, 130 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 76, 78, 92

Continued NY R 1.17 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 40, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127



NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62, 86 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 28, 64, 88 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 31, 67, 91 After Reading: pg. 8, 32, 68, 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 76, 110 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 80, 114, 146

Page 155 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.1 - Read, view, and interpret texts from a variety of genres.


PU Student Edition (Reading selection): pg. 100-104 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: 29 Before Reading: pg. 28, 88, 100 Interesting Facts: pg. 88, 100 Reteaching: pg. 92, 96, 104 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Blackline Masters: pg. 147



Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY R 2.3 - Select literary texts on the basis of personal needs and interests and read silently for enjoyment for extended periods.


NY R 2.4 - Read aloud from a variety of genres (e.g., plays and poems). PU Teacher’s Edition

Practice Opportunity: (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 46, 70 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21



Page 156 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX




PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Teacher’s Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 ESL: pg. 103 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 77, 111, 144Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 44, 78, 112, 145 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 80, 114, 147 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 77 ESL: pg. 44, 60, 77, 78, 112, 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 81



PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 96 ESL: pg. 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114

NY R 2.9 - Identify the ways in which characters change and develop throughout a story.

RN N/A

Page 157 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Strategy Tip: pg. 5 Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 ESL: pg. 103 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 77, 111, 144Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 44, 78, 112, 145 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 80, 114, 147 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY R 2.10 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: pg. 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Reteaching: pg. 92

NY R 2.11 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator, with assistance.


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 77 ESL: pg. 44, 60, 77, 78, 112, 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 81



Page 158 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU N/A NY R 2.13 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings, with assistance. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS21 - Identifying author's style


RN N/A




PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 67 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 45, 69, 81, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59, 114, 119 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 94 Plan for Writing: pg. 105



PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - precise and vague language. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Think-Along Question: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Blackline Master: pg. 70



PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - missing or unclear information. RN N/A


PU Teacher’s Edition Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110

Page 159 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 155 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY R 3.2 - Use established and personal criteria to analyze and evaluate the quality of ideas and information in text.


(Reading selection): pg. 115-118 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119




NY R 3.4 - Recognize how one's own point of view contributes to forming an opinion about information and ideas.

RN N/A NY R 3.5 - Evaluate, with assistance, the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.5.1 - identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.5.2 - consider the background and qualifications of

the writer. RN N/A PU Student Edition




Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 NY R 3.5.4 - identify differing points of view in texts and presentations. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 79, 91, 103 Interesting Facts: pg. 88 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 145 Blackline Master: pg. 147

NY R 3.5.5 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content, with assistance.


Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144

NY R 3.5.6 - identify multiple levels of meaning.

RN N/A

Page 160 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115 Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108




PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 77 ESL: pg. 44, 60, 77, 78, 112, 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 81

NY R 4.3 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., jargon, colloquialisms, informal vocabulary, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.



PU Practice Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 57, 74, 90, 106, 125, 141, 156


RN N/A PU N/A NY LCW 2 - Use a variety of spelling resources, such as

dictionaries and spell-check tools, to support correct spelling. RN N/A Handwriting



RN N/A

Page 161 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX














Page 162 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 7 - Write for a variety of purposes, selecting a form of writing appropriate to the function of the written communication.








Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before/During: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 61, 78, 94, 112, 129, 145, 160 Prewriting: pg. 55, 72, 88, 104, 123, 139, 154, 170 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 73, 89, 105, 124, 140, 155, 171 Check and Reflect: pg. 57, 74, 90, 106, 125, 141, 156, 172



Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 61, 78, 94, 112, 129, 145, 160 Prewriting: pg. 55, 72, 88, 104, 123, 139, 154, 170


RN N/A

Page 163 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 57, 74, 90, 106, 125, 141, 156, 172















Page 164 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 71 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107











RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters

Page 165 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Motivation to Write Continued NY LCW 20 - Engage in writing voluntarily on a range of topics.

RN WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

PU Student Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 57, 74, 90, 106, 125, 141, 156, 172



PU N/A NY W 1.1 - Use at least three sources of information, with appropriate citations, to develop reports. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 48, 84 Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 78 Reteaching: pg. 48 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 93 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 61, 94 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 96 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 94 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108



A Plan for Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 94 Writing Option 2: pg. 94 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 105

NY W 1.3 - State a main idea and support it with details and examples.


Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108



A Plan for Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 94 Writing Option 2: pg. 94 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 105

NY W 1.5 - Adopt an organizational format, such as chronological order, that is appropriate for informational writing.


Page 166 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 94 Writing Option 2: pg. 94 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 105


RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.7 - Use paraphrasing, with assistance. RN N/A PU Student Edition

A Plan for Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 94 Writing Option 2: pg. 94




PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108









PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 171



Page 167 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts.




PU Teaching Opportunity: Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 171









NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive essays to: PU N/A NY W 2.2.1 - summarize the plot. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - describe the characters and explain how they

change. RN N/A

Page 168 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 2 -Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive essays to:

PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - describe the setting and recognize its importance to the story. RN N/A









Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 145, 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145





RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.6 - Demonstrate understanding of plot and theme,

with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 2.7 - Identify and describe characters and their



RN N/A





RN N/A

Page 169 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 47, 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 112, 129, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 124, 140, 155



A Plan for Writing: pg. 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 112, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 124, 155






A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 47, 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 112, 129, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 124, 140, 155









PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 112, 129, 145


RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries

Page 170 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS WRITING NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. Continued NY W 3.7 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.

RN WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 47, 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 112, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 56, 124, 140







PU N/A NY W 3.11 - Compare and contrast literary elements in more than one genre and/or by more than one author, with assistance. RN N/A NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 61 Plan for Writing: pg. 73









Page 171 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX










PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106



Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 Reteaching: pg. 48, 80 Family Involvement: pg. 46, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A NY LCL 3 - Listen attentively for different purposes, both student determined and teacher determined.

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110

Page 172 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY LCL 3 - Listen attentively for different purposes, both student determined and teacher determined.


ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173









Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A Page 173 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173




experience. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.6 - Recall significant ideas and details, with

assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.7 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions, with


Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY L 1.8 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information, with assistance.


PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76

NY L 2.1 - Distinguish different genres, such as story, biography, poem, or play.


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Group Sharing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107




RN N/A


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 174 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS LISTENING NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.


NY L 3.2 - Recognize that the criteria used to analyze and evaluate presentations may be influenced by one's point of view and purpose for listening.


Group Sharing: pg. 35, 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY L 3.3 - Recognize and use the perspectives of others, including teachers and peers, to analyze and evaluate presentations.



NY L 3.4 - Recognize persuasive presentations and identify the techniques (e.g., choice of language and use of sound effects) used to accomplish that purpose.




RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.6 - Consider the experience and qualifications of

speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance.

RN N/A




PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107




informal language, such as jargon and colloquialisms. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Recognize the meaning of the speaker’s nonverbal

cues. RN N/A SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

NY LCS 1 - Speak in response to listening to a variety of texts.

RN N/A

Page 175 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 Reteaching: pg. 48, 80 Family Involvement: pg. 46, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173














RN N/A NY LCS 7 - Demonstrate understanding of the need to vary formality of language according to the audience and purpose for speaking.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 Reteaching: pg. 48, 80 Family Involvement: pg. 46, 94, 106

Page 176 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY LCS 7 - Demonstrate understanding of the need to vary formality of language according to the audience and purpose for speaking.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 48, 80 Family Involvement: pg. 46, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173








RN N/A

Page 177 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY S 1.2 - Make connections between sources of information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 1.3 - Present reports of five to seven minutes for

teachers and peers on topics related to any school subject. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 1.4 - Summarize main points as part of the conclusion. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 1.5 - Use notes, outlines, and visual aids appropriate to

the presentation. RN N/A NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Group Sharing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107





RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.3 - Summarize the plot, describe the motivation of


Group Sharing: pg. 83 NY S 2.4 - Use notes or outlines appropriately in presentations.


PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A

Page 178 of 439 021108


GRADE SIX


LANGUAGE ARTS GRADE LEVEL EXPECTATIONS SPEAKING NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.




Group Sharing: pg. 83 NY S 3.3 - Articulate a thesis statement and support it with details, examples, and reasons.


Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 NY S 3.4 - Persuade, using appropriate language, tone, volume, and gestures.


Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 NY S 3.5 - Use notes or outlines appropriately in presentations.





NY S 4.2 - Use the informal language of social communication.


Group Sharing: pg. 23 NY S 4.3 - Respect the age, gender, social position, culture, and interests of the listener.


Group Sharing: pg. 23 NY S 4.4 - Use the rules of conversation, such as avoid interrupting and respond respectfully.

RN N/A

Page 179 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




NY LCR 1 - Recognize at sight a large body of words and specialized-content vocabulary.


PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 89, 107, 122, 138, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 48, 63, 64, 78, 79, 93, 94, 111, 112, 126, 127, 142, 143, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 73 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90

NY LCR 2 - Use a variety of word recognition strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words quickly and accurately.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings

Page 180 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 2 - Use a variety of word recognition strategies, such as letter-sound correspondence, syllable patterns, decoding by analogy, word structure, use of syntactic (grammar) cues, and use of semantic (meaning) cues, to read unfamiliar words quickly and accurately.

RN VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

NY LCR 3 - Use multiple sources of information, including context, to self-monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

PU Student Edition Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 156, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90, 154 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153

Page 181 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 3 - Use multiple sources of information, including context, to self-monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA01 - Using Context Clues WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Background Knowledge and Vocabulary PU Teacher’s Edition

Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154

NY LCR 4 - Develop vocabulary through extensive reading of a variety of texts across subjects and genres.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

NY LCR 5 - Use knowledge of word roots (e.g., Greek, Latin, and Anglo-Saxon) and word parts to determine word meaning.


Page 182 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Continued NY LCR 5 - Use knowledge of word roots (e.g., Greek, Latin, and Anglo-Saxon) and word parts to determine word meaning.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 During Reading: pg. 4, 16 After Reading: pg. 8, 20 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31, 91 ESL: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 48, 61

NY LCR 6 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary and idioms by using prior knowledge and context clues.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

NY LCR 7 - Use a variety of resources, such as dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic references, to determine the meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary.

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124

Page 183 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary

PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 156, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90, 154 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153

Continued NY LCR 7 - Use a variety of resources, such as dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic references, to determine the meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

Comprehension/Response PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Fiction/Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Introducing the Fiction/Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 43, 59, 74, 89, 107, 122, 138, 153 Reinforcing the Fiction/Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 46, 61, 62, 76, 77, 91, 92, 109, 110, 124, 125, 140, 141, 155, 156

NY LCR 8 - Comprehend and respond to a variety of texts from a range of genres and in a variety of formats for a variety of purposes.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension

Page 184 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response Continued NY LCR 8 - Comprehend and respond to a variety of texts from a range of genres and in a variety of formats for a variety of purposes.

RN RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy Tip: pg. 77 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Blackline Master: pg. 141 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 9 - Identify and connect main ideas and themes of texts, using knowledge of text structures, organization, and purposes for reading.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect

Page 185 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 91, 109, 124, 140

NY LCR 10 - Use a variety of comprehension strategies (e.g., predicting, questioning, summarizing, visualizing, and making connections) to support understanding and response to reading.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Blackline Master: pg. 141 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 11 - Identify and analyze points of view presented in written texts.


NY LCR 12 - Extend understanding of texts by relating content to personal experiences, other texts, and/or world events.

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 ESL: pg. 67, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 ESL: pg. 137 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

Page 186 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response Continued NY LCR 12 - Extend understanding of texts by relating content to personal experiences, other texts, and/or world events.


PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 89 ESL: pg. 67, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 122, 137 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 153 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 13 - Participate in group discussions to further understanding and response to reading.


Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 14 - Demonstrate comprehension and respond to reading through activities such as writing, drama, and oral presentations.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

NY LCR 15 - Read grade-level texts with appropriate expression, phrasing, and rate of reading.

RN OP11 - Improving confidence with reading OP12 - Developing fluency FP02 - Developing a rhythm of reading FP07 - Improving reading rate FP11 - Reading fluently at a prescribed wpm rate, reading level, and word count FP12 - Reading text aloud smoothly naturally, accurately, and with expression FP20 - Achieving reading automaticity LO07 - Oral Reading of grade-level appropriate passage

Page 187 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY LCR 16 - Develop personal reading goals and maintain records of reading accomplishments.

RN OP08 - Recognizing effect of reading practice on reading level TS10 - Monitoring personal reading improvement FP06 - Monitoring oral reading rates





NY LCR 18 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of grade- or age-appropriate literature.


(Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103


RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts

READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources to acquire information. RN N/A NY R 1.2 - Interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts by applying thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 88, 121 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 91, 124, 155 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

Page 188 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.2 - Interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts by applying thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer.


PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89 ESL: pg. 106

NY R 1.3 - Preview informational texts, with guidance, to assess content and organization and select texts useful for the task.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information RS04 - Selecting books/resources for a theme RS07 - Previewing reading material RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts

PU Student Edition Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Resource Binder Blackline Master: pg 92, 156 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153

NY R 1.4 - Use indexes to locate information and glossaries to define terms.

RN OP13 - Using reading strategies VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS05 - Using research skills and strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS22 - Using text features to locate information

NY R 1.5 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational text.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 41, 77

Page 189 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 88 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 59, 60, 89, 90, 122, 123, 153, 154 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 89, 122 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 90, 123 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 91, 125 ESL: pg. 88, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90, 121, 123

Continued NY R 1.5 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot

Page 190 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.5 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational text.

RN RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU N/A NY R 1.6 - Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 1.7 - Identify missing, conflicting, and/or unclear information. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Before Reading: pg. 76 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY R 1.8 - Formulate questions to be answered by reading informational text, with assistance.



NY R 1.9 - Compare and contrast information from a variety of different sources. RN OP07 - Building comprehension



NY R 1.10 - Condense, combine, or categorize new information from one or more sources.


Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59

NY R 1.11 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect

Page 191 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. Continued NY R 1.11 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 76 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 During Reading: pg. 4, 16 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 18, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 121, 137 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60

NY R 1.12 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions.


NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU N/A NY R 2.1 - Recognize that one text may generate multiple

interpretations. RN N/A NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text.

PU Student Edition Think-Along Question: pg. 4, 5, 6, 8, 28, 29, 30, 31, 50, 51, 52, 53, 64, 66, 67, 68, 89, 90, 92, 110, 111, 112 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6 During Reading: pg. 4, 28, 64 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 107, 138Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 75, 139 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 77, 110, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 74, 75, 107, 108, 138, 139 Blackline Masters: pg. 49-53, 80-83, 113-116, 144-147Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 44, 74, 75

Page 192 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU N/A NY R 2.3 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator.


PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Blackline Master: pg. 141 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY R 2.4 - Recognize recurring themes in a variety of literary works.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 ESL: pg. 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 138 Blackline Master: pg. 76, 143 ESL: pg. 42, 73, 74, 89, 107

NY R 2.5 - Determine how the use and meaning of literary devices (e.g., symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing) convey the author’s message or intent.


Page 193 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.


NY R 2.6 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings. RN OP07 - Building comprehension


PU N/A NY R 2.7 - Identify poetic elements, such as repetition, rhythm, and rhyming patterns, in order to interpret poetry. RN N/A

PU Student Edition (Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reteaching: pg. 32 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 31 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY R 2.8 - Read silently and aloud from a variety of genres, authors, and themes.

RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities FP12 - Reading text aloud smoothly naturally, accurately, and with expression FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts LO07 - Oral Reading of grade-level appropriate passage

PU N/A NY R 2.9 - Identify questions of personal importance and interest, and list works of literature that addresses them.


PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 67, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 137

NY R 2.10 - Compare motives of characters, causes of events, and importance of setting in literature to people, events, and places in their own lives.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS29 - Identifying characterization

Page 194 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




NY R 2.11 - Identify social and cultural context and other characteristics of the time period to enhance understanding and appreciation of text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 2.12 - Compare a film, video, or stage version of a

literary work with the written version. RN N/A NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU N/A NY R 3.1.1 - identify conflicting information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - consider the background and qualifications of the writer. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66, 102 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 106, 121 Reinforcing the Strategy: pg. 108 Blackline Master: pg. 109, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 107, 108, 122


RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - identify propaganda, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.5 - identify techniques used to persuade, such as

emotional and ethical appeals, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.6 - identify differing points of view in texts and

presentations. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition


NY R 3.1.7 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.8 - identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a

variety of perspectives, such as literary and personal, with assistance.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Recognize the effect of one's own point of view in evaluating ideas, information, opinions, and issues. RN N/A

Page 195 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 ESL: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 32 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.


PU N/A NY R 4.2 - Consider the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the writer. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 4.3 - Recognize conversational tone in social communication.


PU N/A NY R 4.4 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., informal, culture-specific terminology, jargon, colloquialisms, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.


WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Written Language Conventions

PU N/A NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell a large body of words. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 158

NY LCW 2 - Use a variety of spelling strategies (e.g., spelling patterns) and spelling resources (e.g., spelling dictionaries and spell-check tools) to support correct spelling.

RN N/A PU Practice Opportunity:

Teacher’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154

NY LCW 3 - Use legible print or cursive handwriting, or word processing, as is appropriate to the writing context.

RN N/A

Page 196 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 84, 100, 117, 133, 148, 163 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149, 164

NY LCW 4 - Use a variety of strategies to plan and organize ideas for writing, such as keeping a list of topic ideas and a writer’s notebook, using graphic organizers, etc.






NY LCW 6 - Write for a variety of purposes, with attention given to using the form of writing that best supports its purpose.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

NY LCW 7 - Write for a range of audiences, adjusting writing style and tone accordingly.


Page 197 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 7 - Write for a range of audiences, adjusting writing style and tone accordingly.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice







PU Teacher’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165

NY LCW 10 - Revise writing to improve organization, clarity, and coherence.



NY LCW 11 - Edit writing to adhere to the conventions of written English.


Group Sharing: pg. 107 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107

NY LCW 12 - Work collaboratively with peers to plan, draft, revise, and edit written work.

RN N/A

Page 198 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 85, 101, 118, 134, 149, 164 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCW 13 - Write, using a variety of media to communicate ideas and information.



NY LCW 14 - Engage in writing voluntarily for a variety of purposes, topics, and audiences.


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check & Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCW 15 - Publish writing in a variety of presentation or display media.

RN N/A WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.


NY W 1.1 - Use several sources of information, in addition to an encyclopedia, in developing research reports.

RN N/A NY W 1.2 - Identify an appropriate format for sharing information with an intended audience.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40

Page 199 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY W 1.2 - Identify an appropriate format for sharing information with an intended audience.



NY W 1.3 - Take research notes, using a note-taking process, with assistance.



NY W 1.4 - Use outlines and graphic organizers, such as semantic webs, to plan reports, with assistance.



NY W 1.5 - Include relevant information and exclude irrelevant information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 1.7 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information from one or more sources.



NY W 1.8 - Support ideas with examples, definitions, analogies, and direct references to the text.


Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY W 1.9 - Use graphics, such as graphs, charts, and diagrams, to enhance the communication of information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.10 - Cite sources in footnotes and bibliography,

using correct form, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition


NY W 1.11 - Write accurate and complete responses to questions about informational material.

RN N/A

Page 200 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.


NY W 1.12 - Maintain a portfolio that includes informational writing. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms


NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts to:


NY W 2.1.1 - develop a narrative, using an organizational plan such as chronology.



NY W 2.1.2 - sequence events (e.g., rising action, conflict, climax, falling action, and resolution) to advance a plot, with assistance.



NY W 2.1.3 - develop complex characters and create a setting.


PU Teaching Opportunity: Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 75, 108, 139 Plan for Writing: pg. 70

NY W 2.1.4 - use literary devices.



NY W 2.1.5 - maintain a consistent point of view that enhances the message.



NY W 2.1.6 - select a genre and use appropriate conventions, such as dialogue, rhythm, and rhyme, with assistance.


Page 201 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts to:


NY W 2.1.7 - use language that is creative.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined)

NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive and responsive essays of approximately three pages to: PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 2.2.1 - express opinions and support them through specific references to the text.



NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate understanding of plot and theme.



NY W 2.2.3 - identify and describe characters and their motivations.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.4 - analyze the impact of the setting. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.5 - explain how the use of literary devices, such as

symbolism, metaphor and simile, personification, and flashback, affects meaning.



NY W 2.2.6 - draw conclusions and provide reasons for the conclusions.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.7 - compare and contrast characters, setting, mood, and voice in more than one literary text or performance.



NY W 2.2.8 - make connections between literary text and personal experience or knowledge.


NY W 2.3 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes imaginative, interpretive, and responsive writing.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 90, 123, 154

Page 202 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.3 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes imaginative, interpretive, and responsive writing.


NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 3.1 - Present clear analysis, using examples, details, and reasons from text.



NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes.



NY W 3.3 - Select content and choose strategies for written presentation on the basis of audience, purpose, and content.


PU N/A NY W 3.4 - Present a subject from more than one perspective by using various resources (e.g., news articles, nonfiction texts, personal experiences, and other school subjects).

RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 3.5 - Explain connections between and among texts to extend the meaning of each individual text. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 3.6 - Compare and contrast literary elements in more than one genre and/or by more than one author. RN N/A




Page 203 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition Plan for Writing/Group Sharing: pg. 35

NY W 4.1 - Share the process of writing with peers and adults; for example, write a condolence note, get well-card, or thank-you letter with a writing partner or in small groups.



NY W 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the recipient. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence

VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA15 - Demonstrating a command of language including precision in word choice


NY W 4.3 - Develop a personal voice that enables the reader to get to know the writer. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence



NY W 4.4 -Write personal reactions about experiences, events, and observations, using a form of social communication.


PU N/A NY W 4.5 - Identify the social communication techniques of published writers. RN N/A




PU N/A NY W 4.7 - Use the conventions of email. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCL 1 - Listen actively and attentively, for an extended period of time, to a variety of texts read aloud.

RN OP09 - Listening to modeled reading and repeated oral reading LO02 - Observing and listening to books read aloud

Page 204 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY LCL 2 - Listen actively and attentively, for an extended period of time, to oral presentations.



NY LCL 3 - Listen actively and attentively, for an extended period of time, for different purposes and to different speakers.



NY LCL 4 - Respond appropriately to what was heard.

RN N/A LISTENING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY L 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU N/A NY L 1.1 - Identify essential information for note taking. RN N/A

Page 205 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS LISTENING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY L 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Student Edition Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY L 1.2 - Listen in planning or brainstorming sessions with peers.


Group Sharing: pg. 71 NY L 1.3 - Listen to and follow multistep directions that provide information about a task or assignment. RN LO01 - Following oral instructions

PU N/A NY L 1.4 - Recall significant ideas and details, and describe the relationships between and among them. RN N/A


NY L 1.5 - Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant oral information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.6 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions by

distinguishing between relevant and irrelevant oral information.

RN N/A


NY L 1.7 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit information.


Group Sharing: pg. 107 NY L 1.8 - Recognize that the speaker’s voice quality and delivery impact communication, with assistance.


PU N/A NY L 2.1 - Interpret and respond to texts on a variety of themes from different genres and authors. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg.,75, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY L 2.2 - Listen to class lectures, and small group and classroom discussions, to comprehend and interpret literary text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Recognize different levels of meaning in

presentations. RN N/A PU Teaching Opportunity:

Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY L 2.4 - Identify how the author's choice of words/characterization and use of other literary devices affect the listener's interpretation of the oral text, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 206 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS LISTENING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY L 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU N/A NY L 2.5 - Identify how the poet’s use of repetition, rhythm, and rhyming patterns affects the listener’s interpretation of poetry, with assistance.

RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Group Sharing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY L 2.6 - Recognize that the meaning of the spoken word can vary on the basis of tone, volume, pitch, and rate.


ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Group Sharing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY L 2.7 - Recognize how the posture, facial expression, and gestures of the speaker or actor are used to evoke a response.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.8 - Identify questions of personal importance and

interest and seek to address them by listening to and interpreting films, plays, and dramatic readings.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.9 - Recognize social, historical, and cultural features in presentations of literary texts, with assistance. RN N/A NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.


NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, themes, and experiences. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 3.2 - Recognize multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95 NY L 3.3 - Use personal experiences and knowledge, and the opinions of speakers in school and community settings, to make judgments from a variety of perspectives. RN N/A


NY L 3.4 - Recognize persuasive techniques, such as emotional and ethical appeals, in presentations.


Group Sharing: pg. 47, 71, 83, 95 NY L 3.5 - Consider the experience and qualifications of speakers when analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance. RN N/A


NY L 3.6 - Identify missing or unclear information.


Group Sharing: pg. 47, 71, 107 NY L 3.7 - Evaluate the organization of presentations.


Group Sharing: pg. 107 NY L 3.8 - Evaluate the quality of the speaker’s presentation style by using criteria such as voice quality and enunciation.

RN N/A

Page 207 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS LISTENING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY L 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY L 4.1 - Participate as a listener in social conversation with one or more people who are friends or acquaintances.


Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106


RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.5 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness. RN N/A

SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking


NY LCS 1 - Speak in grammatically correct sentences, communicating ideas in an organized and coherent manner.



NY LCS 2 - Use appropriate and precise vocabulary to convey ideas effectively.


Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY LCS 3 - Ask probing questions to elicit information, including evidence to support the speaker’s claims and conclusions. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCS 4 - Use a variety of speaking techniques (e.g., adjusting tone, volume, and tempo; enunciating; and making eye contact) to make effective presentations.

RN N/A

Page 208 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




NY LCS 5 - Participate actively and productively in group discussions.


A Plan for Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 107

NY LCS 6 - Organize information to achieve particular purposes and to appeal to the background and interests of the audience, with logic and coherence, when making presentations.

RN N/A SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40

NY S 1.1 - Prepare and give presentations on informational topics.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14 Introducing the Theme: pg. T-16, 60 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 75, 106, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40

NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify ideas and information.

RN N/A

Page 209 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.


NY S 1.3 - Present information to address audience needs.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg.,75, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 1.4 - Present examples, definitions, and direct references to the text in support of ideas.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg.,75, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 1.5 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information.


Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95 NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions and mock trials.


Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY S 1.7 - Ask questions to clarify information.


PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 2.1 - Present interpretations and support them through specific references to the text.

RN N/A

Page 210 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.


NY S 2.2 - Explain social, historical, and cultural features of literary text.

RN N/A NY S 2.3 - Present original literary texts, using language and text structures that are inventive; for example:

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 2.3.1 - use conventions of the literary genre, such as story, poem, and play.


Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 NY S 2.3.2 - use an introduction that catches and excites the interest of the listener.


Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 NY S 2.4 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an interpretation or response to literary texts and performances.



NY S 3.1 - Express opinions or judgments about information, ideas, opinions, themes, and experiences.


Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY S 3.2 - Use an organizational format (e.g., question/answer, compare/contrast, and cause/effect) so that ideas and information are clear. RN N/A


NY S 3.3 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes.


Group Sharing: pg. 95, 107 NY S 3.4 - Present content, using strategies designed for the audience and purpose.


Group Sharing: pg. 95, 107 NY S 3.5 - Present a subject from one or more perspectives.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 3.6 - Credit sources of information and opinions

accurately in presentations and handouts, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95 NY S 3.7 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an opinion or judgment.


PU N/A NY S 4.1 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the listener. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions. RN N/A

Page 211 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 4.3 - Use courtesy; for example, avoid sarcasm, ridicule, dominating the conversation, and interrupting.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.4 - Use culture-specific language, jargon, and

colloquialisms appropriate to the purpose and the listener. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.5 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly

tone in electronic-based social communication. RN N/A

Page 212 of 439 021108

A Harcourt Achieve Correlation Of Steck-Vaughn Power Up! And Renaissance Learning Read Now To The New York State Core Curriculum (2005)

GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 74, 125



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 75, 92, 110, 126, 142, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 79, 96, 114, 130, 146, 162, 163 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127, 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 141 ESL: pg. 92


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words

Page 213 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 (Footnotes): pg. 5-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-43, 64-68, 77-79, 88-92, 100, 102-103 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 ESL: pg. 19, 31

Page 214 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 (Footnotes): pg. 5-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-43, 64-68, 77-79, 88-92, 100, 102-103 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 59, 92, 110, 142, 126, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 64, 97, 115, 131, 147, 163 ESL: pg. 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 141 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159

Continued NY LCR 3 - Use multiple sources of information, including context, to self-monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA01 - Using Context Clues WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Background Knowledge and Vocabulary NY LCR 4 - Develop vocabulary through extensive reading of a variety of texts across subjects and genres.

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127, 158, 159

Page 215 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary NY LCR 4 - Develop vocabulary through extensive reading of a variety of texts across subjects and genres.




RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds


PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 ESL: pg. 31 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 92 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157

Page 216 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary NY LCR 6 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary and idioms by using prior knowledge and context clues.


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 126 Blackline Master: pg. 131 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159



Comprehension/Response NY LCR 8 - Comprehend and respond to a variety of texts from a range of genres and in a variety of formats for a variety of purposes.

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127, 158, 159

Page 217 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response NY LCR 8 - Comprehend and respond to a variety of texts from a range of genres and in a variety of formats for a variety of purposes.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Blackline Master: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106



Page 218 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 77, 94, 112, 128, 146, 160


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Getting Ready to Read: pg. 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 86, 98 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 141, 157 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 141 Reading Selection Introduction: pg. 157 Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Blackline Master: pg. 145, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Page 219 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Blackline Master: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 ESL: pg. 91, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106



Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172





Page 220 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response NY LCR 15 - Read grade-level texts with appropriate expression, phrasing, and rate of reading.


Motivation to Read PU N/A NY LCR 16 - Develop personal reading goals and maintain

records of reading accomplishments. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 17 - Read voluntarily for a variety of purposes.


Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 18 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of grade- or age-appropriate literature. RN N/A





PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources to acquire information. RN N/A NY R 1.2 - Interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts by applying thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 76, 77, 79, 80 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43 Strategy: pg. 74 Reteaching: pg. 80 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42, 78 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101

Page 221 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 76, 77, 79, 80 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43 Strategy: pg. 74 Reteaching: pg. 80 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42, 78 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 125 Blackline Master: pg. 128 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 92, 126, 127, 158, 159

Continued NY R 1.2 - Interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts by applying thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer.


PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 ESL: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Blackline Master: pg. 95


RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information RS04 - Selecting books/resources for a theme RS07 - Previewing reading material RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts



Page 222 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.4 - Use indexes to locate information and glossaries to define terms.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Teacher’s Edition Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 91 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 94 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 58, 91, 125, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 125


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style

Page 223 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 79 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Blackline Master: pg. 95




NY R 1.9 - Compare and contrast information from a variety of different sources.


Page 224 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 77, 79, 80 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 After Reading: pg. 68, 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 109, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 112, 128



PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 66, 68 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 93 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 28, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 141 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 126 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 111 Reading Selection Introduction: pg. 157 Reading Part III: pg. 159 Blackline Master: pg. 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 91, 111 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 141



Page 225 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106

NY R 2.1 - Recognize that one text may generate multiple interpretations.


Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62 Think-Along Questions: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 29, 30, 31, 32, 65, 66, 67, 68 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 30, 66 During Reading: pg. 4, 28, 64 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 75, 110, 142Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 75, 76, 110, 111 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 49-53, 78, 81-86, 113, 116-120, 145 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 75, 76, 143

NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text.



NY R 2.3 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator. RN OP07 - Building comprehension



PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 226 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Blackline Master: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

Continued NY R 2.4 - Recognize recurring themes in a variety of literary works.


PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Black Line Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 59, 74, 75, 110, 141, 142, 158



PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Black Line Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 59, 74, 75, 110, 141, 142, 158

NY R 2.6 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings.


PU N/A NY R 2.7 - Identify poetic elements, such as repetition, rhythm, and rhyming patterns, in order to interpret poetry. RN N/A NY R 2.8 - Read silently and aloud from a variety of genres, authors, and themes.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

Page 227 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.8 - Read silently and aloud from a variety of genres, authors, and themes.




PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 ESL: pg. 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42 Meeting Individual Needs: 43 Blackline Master: pg. 45



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 91

NY R 2.11 - Identify social and cultural context and other characteristics of the time period to enhance understanding and appreciation of text. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 2.12 - Compare a film, video, or stage version of a literary work with the written version. RN N/A NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:




RN N/A

Page 228 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Think-Along Questions: pg. 101-104 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 160, 164-169


RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - identify propaganda, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.5 - identify techniques used to persuade, such as


presentations. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.7 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their

impact on content. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.8 - identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Writing Option 1: pg. 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 154

NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a variety of perspectives, such as literary and personal, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Recognize the effect of one's own point of view in

evaluating ideas, information, opinions, and issues. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21


RN OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities FP11 - Reading fluently at a prescribed wpm rate, reading level, and word count FP12 - Reading text aloud smoothly naturally, accurately, and with expression FP20 - Achieving reading automaticity LO07 - Oral Reading of grade-level appropriate passage

Page 229 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




NY R 4.2 - Consider the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the writer.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 4.3 - Recognize conversational tone in social

communication.


PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 74, 125 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Blackline Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 58, 59, 74, 110, 141, 142, 158

NY R 4.4 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., informal, culture-specific terminology, jargon, colloquialisms, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.



PU N/A NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell a large body of words. RN N/A




Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159


RN N/A

Page 230 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY LCW 4 - Use a variety of strategies to plan and organize ideas for writing, such as keeping a list of topic ideas and a writer’s notebook, using graphic organizers, etc.

RN N/A











PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

Page 231 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 8 - Engage in a variety of writing activities, both student and teacher initiated, to respond to the reading of literary and informational texts.


PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172









Group Sharing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Edition Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107


RN N/A

Page 232 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172






PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172





RN N/A

Page 233 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




NY W 1.2 - Identify an appropriate format for sharing information with an intended audience.






NY W 1.4 - Use outlines and graphic organizers, such as semantic webs, to plan reports, with assistance.



NY W 1.5 - Include relevant information and exclude irrelevant information.



NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly.







RN N/A

Page 234 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107

NY W 1.9 - Use graphics, such as graphs, charts, and diagrams, to enhance the communication of information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.10 - Cite sources in footnotes and bibliography,

using correct form, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95 Writing Option 1: pg. 93 Plan for Writing: pg. 104




WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech











Page 235 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teaching Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 55












NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive and responsive essays of approximately three pages to: PU Student Edition




PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate understanding of plot and theme. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined)

Page 236 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive and responsive essays of approximately three pages to:

PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - identify and describe characters and their motivations.





RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined




PU N/A NY W 2.2.7 - compare and contrast characters, setting, mood, and voice in more than one literary text or performance. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.8 - make connections between literary text and

personal experience or knowledge.


PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159







A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes.

RN N/A NY W 3.3 - Select content and choose strategies for written presentation on the basis of audience, purpose, and content.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 138, 154, 170

Page 237 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY W 3.3 - Select content and choose strategies for written presentation on the basis of audience, purpose, and content.


PU Opportunity to Extend: Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95

NY W 3.4 - Present a subject from more than one perspective by using various resources (e.g., news articles, nonfiction texts, personal experiences, and other school subjects).

RN N/A PU Opportunity to Extend:

Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95

NY W 3.5 - Explain connections between and among texts to extend the meaning of each individual text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 3.6 - Compare and contrast literary elements in more

than one genre and/or by more than one author. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159 NY W 3.7 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms



A Plan for Writing: pg. 35 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 76 Writing Option 2: pg. 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 88





Page 238 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY W 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the recipient.












PU N/A NY W 4.7 - Use the conventions of email. RN N/A





Page 239 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN









Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 ESL: pg. 157



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 Teaching Opportunity: ESL: pg. 157

NY L 1.1 - Identify essential information for note taking.


Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172




Page 240 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 Teaching Opportunity: ESL: pg. 157

NY L 1.4 - Recall significant ideas and details, and describe the relationships between and among them.





distinguishing between relevant and irrelevant oral information RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition




Group Sharing: pg. 71 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 111 Plan for Writing: pg. 122

NY L 1.8 - Recognize that the speaker’s voice quality and delivery impact communication, with assistance.



NY L 2.1 - Interpret and respond to texts on a variety of themes from different genres and authors.


Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143



presentations. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.4 - Identify how the author's choice of

words/characterization and use of other literary devices affect the listener's interpretation of the oral text, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 241 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.6 - Recognize that the meaning of the spoken word can vary on the basis of tone, volume, pitch, and rate. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.7 - Recognize how the posture, facial expression, and gestures of the speaker or actor are used to evoke a response. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.8 - Identify questions of personal importance and interest and seek to address them by listening to and interpreting films, plays, and dramatic readings.

RN N/A



NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, themes, and experiences.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.2 - Recognize multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition


NY L 3.3 - Use personal experiences and knowledge, and the opinions of speakers in school and community settings, to make judgments from a variety of perspectives.






NY L 3.5 - Consider the experience and qualifications of speakers when analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance.




RN N/A

Page 242 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS LISTENING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.


NY L 3.7 - Evaluate the organization of presentations.



NY L 3.8 - Evaluate the quality of the speaker’s presentation style by using criteria such as voice quality and enunciation.




RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and

cultural traditions of the speaker. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.5 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness. RN N/A

SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Speaking






RN N/A

Page 243 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 71, 83, 95 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

NY LCS 3 - Ask probing questions to elicit information, including evidence to support the speaker’s claims and conclusions.





Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157






PU Teacher’s Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 23 Group Sharing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107



Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106


RN N/A

Page 244 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






A Plan for Writing/Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 71, 83, 95



Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 NY S 1.5 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions and mock trials.





PU Teacher’s Edition Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106


RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.2 - Explain social, historical, and cultural features of

literary text. RN N/A NY S 2.3 - Present original literary texts, using language and text structures that are inventive; for example:

PU N/A NY S 2.3.1 - use conventions of the literary genre, such as story, poem, and play. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 2.3.2 - use an introduction that catches and excites the interest of the listener. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 2.4 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an interpretation or response to literary texts and performances. RN N/A NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.



RN N/A

Page 245 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83

NY S 3.2 - Use an organizational format (e.g., question/answer, compare/contrast, and cause/effect) so that ideas and information are clear. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83

NY S 3.3 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes.



NY S 3.4 - Present content, using strategies designed for the audience and purpose.



NY S 3.5 - Present a subject from one or more perspectives.




NY S 3.7 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an opinion or judgment.



PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106



colloquialisms appropriate to the purpose and the listener. RN N/A NY S 4.5 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone in electronic-based social communication.

PU N/A

Page 246 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156





RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words

Page 247 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningfulgrammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


PU Student Edition Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25 Reteaching: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108

Page 248 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Reading Chapter 5, 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157

Continued NY LCR 3 - Use multiple sources of information, including context, to self-monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA01 - Using Context Clues WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceVA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill


PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 129 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 60, 90, 126 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 124

Page 249 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary NY LCR 5 - Use knowledge of word roots (e.g., Greek, Latin, and Anglo-Saxon) and word parts to determine word meaning.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategiesVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds





PU Student Edition Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108

Page 250 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 160 Reading Chapter 5, 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157

Continued NY LCR 7 - Use a variety of resources, such as dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic references, to determine the meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary.



(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157


RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts)

Page 251 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 108, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 126, 157 Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 141 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 141, 142 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 127, 144 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170




PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104

Page 252 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 92, 111, 127, 143, 158

Continued NY LCR 10 - Use a variety of comprehension strategies (e.g., predicting, questioning, summarizing, visualizing, and making connections) to support understanding and response to reading. RN OP07 - Building comprehension

OP13 - Using reading strategies RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Thinking About the Selection: pg. 105 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 100



PU Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 91 Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42, 59 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170




PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 67, 79 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91, 103 Reteaching: pg. 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104

Page 253 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 141, 142 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59 ESL: pg. 109 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Continued NY LCR 13 - Participate in group discussions to further understanding and response to reading.


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Group Sharing: pg. 23, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 46, 70, 82 Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75, 91, 110, 142, 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 86, 103, 121, 152, 168 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170









RN N/A Page 254 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




NY LCR 18 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of grade- or age-appropriate literature. RN N/A






NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources to acquire information.


Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 92, 111, 127, 143, 158

NY R 1.2 - Interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts by applying thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer.



PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 16, 40, 76, 100 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60, 91 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 58, 89, 124, 155

Page 255 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.3 - Preview informational texts, with guidance, to assess content and organization and select texts useful for the task.


PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 48 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 48 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91 Blackline Master: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157




PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Blackline Master: pg. 92 Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 58, 89, 124, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 90, 91, 125, 126, 156, 157 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 90, 91, 124, 125, 155

Page 256 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY R 1.5 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skillFP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

Page 257 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN













RN N/A NY R 1.11 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Think-Along Questions: pg. 4, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 81 Theme Wrap-up: pg. 59

Page 258 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 49, 52, 61 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59 Reading Chapter 3: pg. 59 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60

Continued NY R 1.11 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information.





NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU N/A NY R 2.1 - Recognize that one text may generate multiple

interpretations. RN N/A NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text.

PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 66, 67 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93

Page 259 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 109 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 74, 109, 110 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 46, 77, 112, 114, 116, 117 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Continued NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text.



NY R 2.3 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator.


PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 141 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 141, 142 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 144 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Page 260 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN










PU Teacher’s Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106





Page 261 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 28, 64 Reteaching: pg. 36, 68 ESL: pg. 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58





RN N/A PU N/A NY R 2.12 - Compare a film, video, or stage version of a

literary work with the written version. RN N/A NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:


PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 92



Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 108, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 126, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 127


RN N/A

Page 262 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - identify propaganda, with assistance. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.5 - identify techniques used to persuade, such as



ESL: pg. 103 NY R 3.1.7 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.8 - identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103 Interesting Facts/Before Reading: pg. 64 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reteaching: pg. 68, 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42

NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a variety of perspectives, such as literary and personal, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Recognize the effect of one's own point of view in

evaluating ideas, information, opinions, and issues. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106




Page 263 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY R 4.3 - Recognize conversational tone in social communication.






PU Practice Opportunity: Student’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 87, 104, 122, 138, 153, 169

NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell a large body of words.


Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 160



Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 91, 110, 126, 142, 157


RN N/A Composition

PU Student Edition Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 91, 110, 126, 142, 157 Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 85, 102, 120, 136, 151, 167


RN N/A NY LCW 5 - Write on a wide range of topics, both student and teacher selected.


Page 264 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 5 - Write on a wide range of topics, both student and teacher selected.











Page 265 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






PU Student’s Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 87, 104, 122, 138, 153, 169






Group Sharing: pg. 70, 107 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107





RN N/A Motivation to Write NY LCW 14 - Engage in writing voluntarily for a variety of purposes, topics, and audiences.


Page 266 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Motivation to Write NY LCW 14 - Engage in writing voluntarily for a variety of purposes, topics, and audiences.








Writing: pg. 47 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 91 Writing Option 2: pg. 126 Plan for Writing: pg. 103





RN N/A

Page 267 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY W 1.4 - Use outlines and graphic organizers, such as semantic webs, to plan reports, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.5 - Include relevant information and exclude irrelevant information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157


RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.8 - Support ideas with examples, definitions,

analogies, and direct references to the text. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.9 - Use graphics, such as graphs, charts, and

diagrams, to enhance the communication of information. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.10 - Cite sources in footnotes and bibliography,

using correct form, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition




Writing: pg. 47 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 91 Writing Option 2: pg. 126



NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts to: NY W 2.1.1 - develop a narrative, using an organizational plan such as chronology.


Page 268 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts to: NY W 2.1.1 - develop a narrative, using an organizational plan such as chronology.


















PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 126

Page 269 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 75, 110 Plan for Writing: pg. 137

Continued NY W 2.1.7 - use language that is creative.







NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate understanding of plot and theme.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - identify and describe characters and their motivations.










WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.8 - make connections between literary text and

personal experience or knowledge.


PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75


RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries

Page 270 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. Continued NY W 2.3 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes imaginative, interpretive, and responsive writing.

RN WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech




RN N/A PU N/A NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible

outcomes. RN N/A PU Student Edition





RN N/A



PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 23, 35 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 75, 142



Page 271 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



















Page 272 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN








PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106








RN N/A

Page 273 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170





NY L 1.4 - Recall significant ideas and details, and describe the relationships between and among them. RN N/A




distinguishing between relevant and irrelevant oral information.

RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 23 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30

NY L 1.8 - Recognize that the speaker’s voice quality and delivery impact communication, with assistance.





ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Reteaching: pg.12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A

Page 274 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Recognize different levels of meaning in presentations. RN N/A


NY L 2.4 - Identify how the author's choice of words/characterization and use of other literary devices affect the listener's interpretation of the oral text, with assistance.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.5 - Identify how the poet’s use of repetition, rhythm,

and rhyming patterns affects the listener’s interpretation of poetry, with assistance.

RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

NY L 2.7 - Recognize how the posture, facial expression, and gestures of the speaker or actor are used to evoke a response.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.8 - Identify questions of personal importance and

interest and seek to address them by listening to and interpreting films, plays, and dramatic readings.

RN N/A



NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, themes, and experiences. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 3.2 - Recognize multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.3 - Use personal experiences and knowledge, and the

opinions of speakers in school and community settings, to make judgments from a variety of perspectives.

RN N/A




speakers when analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance.

RN N/A

Page 275 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS LISTENING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.




Group Sharing: pg. 71 NY L 3.7 - Evaluate the organization of presentations.





NY L 4.1 - Participate as a listener in social conversation with one or more people who are friends or acquaintances. RN N/A



RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106NY L 4.5 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness.







RN N/A

Page 276 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY LCS 3 - Ask probing questions to elicit information, including evidence to support the speaker’s claims and conclusions.

RN N/A




ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170







NY S 1.1 - Prepare and give presentations on informational topics. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A

Page 277 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47, 107 NY S 1.4 - Present examples, definitions, and direct references to the text in support of ideas.


Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47 NY S 1.5 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions and mock trials. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 1.7 - Ask questions to clarify information. RN N/A

NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU Teacher’s Edition

Reteaching: pg.12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103 Interesting Facts/Before Reading: pg. 64 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reteaching: pg. 68, 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

NY S 2.2 - Explain social, historical, and cultural features of literary text.


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30


RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.3.2 - use an introduction that catches and excites the

interest of the listener. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.4 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an

interpretation or response to literary texts and performances. RN N/A

Page 278 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg.12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



A Plan for Writing: pg. 23, 35, 47 NY S 3.2 - Use an organizational format (e.g., question/answer, compare/contrast, and cause/effect) so that ideas and information are clear. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 3.3 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes. RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47 NY S 3.5 - Present a subject from one or more perspectives.



Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47 NY S 3.7 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an opinion or judgment.



PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition




colloquialisms appropriate to the purpose and the listener. RN N/A NY S 4.5 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone in electronic-based social communication.

PU N/A

Page 279 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN

NEW YORK CORE CURRICULUM STECK-VAUGHN POWER UP! LEVEL 4 AND RENAISSANCE LEARNING


PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Reteaching: pg. 13, 25, 37, 46, 49, 72, 73, 85, 96, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 77, 111, 127, 128, 143, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 112, 127





RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings

Page 280 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


PU Student Edition Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160

Page 281 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition NY LCR 3 - Use multiple sources of information, including context, to self-monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA01 - Using Context Clues WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160





Page 282 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary NY LCR 5 - Use knowledge of word roots (e.g., Greek, Latin, and Anglo-Saxon) and word parts to determine word meaning.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds

PU Student EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 37, 49 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 37, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 77, 93 ESL: pg. 44, 60, 77, 78, 112, 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 81, 97


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


PU Student Edition Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Extension: pg. 3 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderReading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160

Page 283 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary NY LCR 7 - Use a variety of resources, such as dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic references, to determine the meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill


(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160


RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot

Page 284 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 96 ESL: pg. 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 62, 80, 96, 114, 131, 146


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details

Page 285 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response Continued NY LCR 10 - Use a variety of comprehension strategies (e.g., predicting, questioning, summarizing, visualizing, and making connections) to support understanding and response to reading.

RN RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 161



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 76 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 40 Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 ESL: pg. 7, 103 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 Discussing the Responses: pg. 80 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 110, 127 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 110, 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Blackline Master: pg. 113, 130 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173




PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 286 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144, 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY LCR 13 - Participate in group discussions to further understanding and response to reading.


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Writing Option 1: pg. 94, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 105, 155 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173










Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 18 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of grade- or age-appropriate literature. RN N/A

Page 287 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21




PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources to acquire information. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 61 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 128 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 129 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 132

NY R 1.2 - Interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts by applying thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer.




RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information RS04 - Selecting books/resources for a theme RS07 - Previewing reading material RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts

Page 288 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159, 160 Blackline Master: pg. 162 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 159



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 45 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 During Reading: pg. 40 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Discussing the Responses: pg. 44 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42 Reteaching: pg. 44 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 59, 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 92 Blackline Masters: pg. 62, 95 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 59, 92, 127, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 60, 61, 93, 94, 128, 129, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 127, 128, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 127


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings

Page 289 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



RN VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Reteaching: pg. 44



Page 290 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN









Getting Ready to Read: pg. 26, 38, 62, 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 76 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 33, 45, 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 26, 38, 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 28, 40, 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 29, 41, 65, 77 Reteaching: pg. 32, 44, 68, 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 76, 92, 110, 127 Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 92, 110, 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Blackline Master: pg. 79, 95, 113, 130 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 76, 78, 92



Page 291 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 40, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127, 143



NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 NY R 2.1 - Recognize that one text may generate multiple interpretations.


Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Strategy Tip: pg. 5 Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 ESL: pg. 103 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 77, 111, 144 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 44, 78, 112, 145 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 80, 114, 147 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, and theme, using evidence from the text.


Page 292 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






PU Student Edition Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 26, 74, 86 Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 144 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 145 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 144 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173






PU N/A NY R 2.6 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings.



Page 293 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108





PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 ESL: pg. 7, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 144 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 145




PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 Discussing the Responses: pg. 80 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107

Page 294 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY R 2.11 - Identify social and cultural context and other characteristics of the time period to enhance understanding and appreciation of text. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 2.12 - Compare a film, video, or stage version of a literary work with the written version. RN N/A NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in text to:


PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - consider the background and qualifications of the writer. RN N/A

PU Student Edition (Reading selection): pg. 115-118 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119


RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.4 - identify propaganda, with assistance. RN N/A PU Student Edition


NY R 3.1.5 - identify techniques used to persuade, such as emotional and ethical appeals, with assistance.


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 NY R 3.1.6 - identify differing points of view in texts and presentations.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.7 - identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact

on content. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 92 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144

NY R 3.1.8 - identify multiple levels of meaning.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a

variety of perspectives, such as literary and personal, with assistance.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Recognize the effect of one's own point of view in evaluating ideas, information, opinions, and issues. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108

Page 295 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.




NY R 4.3 - Recognize conversational tone in social communication.






PU N/A NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell a large body of words. RN N/A PU N/A NY LCW 2 - Use a variety of spelling strategies (e.g., spelling

patterns) and spelling resources (e.g., spelling dictionaries and spell-check tools) to support correct spelling.

RN N/A



RN N/A

Page 296 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Student Edition Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 61, 78, 94, 112, 129, 145, 160 Prewriting: pg. 55, 72, 88, 104, 123, 139, 154, 170



Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 61, 78, 94, 112, 129, 145, 160









Page 297 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN















Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 35, 71 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107


RN N/A

Page 298 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN












PU N/A NY W 1.1 - Use several sources of information, in addition to an encyclopedia, in developing research reports. RN N/A




Page 299 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY W 1.3 - Take research notes, using a note-taking process, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.4 - Use outlines and graphic organizers, such as semantic webs, to plan reports, with assistance. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.5 - Include relevant information and exclude irrelevant information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder






RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.9 - Use graphics, such as graphs, charts, and diagrams,

to enhance the communication of information. RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.10 - Cite sources in footnotes and bibliography, using

correct form, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder











Page 300 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN

















Page 301 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts to: NY W 2.1.6 - select a genre and use appropriate conventions, such as dialogue, rhythm, and rhyme, with assistance.









PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate understanding of plot and theme. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - identify and describe characters and their

motivations.










WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU Teacher’s Resource Binder


NY W 2.2.8 - make connections between literary text and personal experience or knowledge.


Page 302 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 145, 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145






RN N/A PU N/A NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes. RN N/A PU Student Edition





RN N/A





RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions

Page 303 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. Continued NY W 3.7 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.

RN WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech

















RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF08 - Writing a Speech

Page 304 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. Continued NY W 4.6 - Maintain a portfolio that includes writing for social communication.

RN WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech


NY W 4.7 - Use the conventions of email.

RN N/A LISTENING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Listening







ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A NY LCL 4 - Respond appropriately to what was heard. PU Teacher’s Edition

ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110

Page 305 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY LCL 4 - Respond appropriately to what was heard.


PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173




PU N/A NY L 1.4 - Recall significant ideas and details, and describe the relationships between and among them. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



distinguishing between relevant and irrelevant oral information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition



RN N/A NY L 1.8 - Recognize that the speaker’s voice quality and delivery impact communication, with assistance.

Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 Reteaching: pg. 48, 80 Family Involvement: pg. 46, 94, 106

Page 306 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN




Continued NY L 1.8 - Recognize that the speaker’s voice quality and delivery impact communication, with assistance. RN N/A NY L 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108



Before Reading: pg. 16 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



presentations. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.4 - Identify how the author's choice of

words/characterization and use of other literary devices affect the listener's interpretation of the oral text, with assistance.

RN N/A


RN N/A



RN N/A NY L 2.7 - Recognize how the posture, facial expression, and gestures of the speaker or actor are used to evoke a response.

PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Group Sharing: pg. 107

Page 307 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107

Continued NY L 2.7 - Recognize how the posture, facial expression, and gestures of the speaker or actor are used to evoke a response. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.8 - Identify questions of personal importance and interest and seek to address them by listening to and interpreting films, plays, and dramatic readings.

RN N/A



NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, themes, and experiences.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.2 - Recognize multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition


NY L 3.3 - Use personal experiences and knowledge, and the opinions of speakers in school and community settings, to make judgments from a variety of perspectives.





speakers when analyzing and evaluating presentations, with assistance.

RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 71 NY L 3.7 - Evaluate the organization of presentations.








RN N/A

Page 308 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY L 4.5 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness.







RN N/A PU N/A NY LCS 3 - Ask probing questions to elicit information,

including evidence to support the speaker’s claims and conclusions.

RN N/A



RN N/A NY LCS 5 - Participate actively and productively in group discussions.

PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 16 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 309 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY LCS 5 - Participate actively and productively in group discussions.








Before Reading: pg. 16 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A

Page 310 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN






ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173




NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions and mock trials.


Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A NY S 2.2 - Explain social, historical, and cultural features of literary text.

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 311 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.


Continued NY S 2.2 - Explain social, historical, and cultural features of literary text.




RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.3.2 - use an introduction that catches and excites the

interest of the listener. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.4 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an

interpretation or response to literary texts and performances. RN N/A NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.




A Plan for Writing: pg. 71, 83 NY S 3.2 - Use an organizational format (e.g., question/answer, compare/contrast, and cause/effect) so that ideas and information are clear. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 3.3 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes. RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 NY S 3.5 - Present a subject from one or more perspectives.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 3.6 - Credit sources of information and opinions accurately

in presentations and handouts, with assistance. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 NY S 3.7 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an opinion or judgment.

RN N/A

Page 312 of 439 021108


GRADE SEVEN


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATOR NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.


NY S 4.1 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the listener. RN N/A


NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions.


Group Sharing: pg. 23 NY S 4.3 - Use courtesy; for example, avoid sarcasm, ridicule, dominating the conversation, and interrupting. RN N/A


NY S 4.4 - Use culture-specific language, jargon, and colloquialisms appropriate to the purpose and the listener.

RN N/A NY S 4.5 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone in electronic-based social communication.


Page 313 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT






PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 89, 107, 122, 138, 153 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 48, 63, 64, 78, 79, 93, 94, 111, 112, 126, 127, 142, 143, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 73 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words

Page 314 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 37, 73, 109 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 37, 73, 109 ESL: pg. 43 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 156, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 48, 64, 79, 90, 154 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153

NY LCR 3 - Use varied sources of information, including context, to monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence

Page 315 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Word Recognition Continued NY LCR 3 - Use varied sources of information, including context, to monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development PU Teacher’s Edition

Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154

NY LCR 4 - Acquire grade-appropriate vocabulary by reading a variety of texts across subject areas.


NY LCR 5 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic resources.

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 37, 73, 97, 109 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92, 100-104 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 37, 73, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 43, 91 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31, 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 74, 138, 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 143, 156, 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 48, 64, 79, 90, 154 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153 ESL: pg. 42, 73, 74, 89, 107

Page 316 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development NY LCR 5 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic resources.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


NY LCR 6 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using word structure knowledge, such as roots (e.g., Greek and Latin), prefixes, and suffixes, to determine word meaning.


NY LCR 7 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using prior knowledge and context clues.

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 During Reading: pg. 4, 16 After Reading: pg. 8, 20

Page 317 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31, 91 ESL: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 48, 61

Continued NY LCR 7 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using prior knowledge and context clues.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA19 - Extending knowledge and skills to increasingly complex reading tasks WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 49 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 89 Blackline Master: pg. 94

NY LCR 8 - Recognize grade-appropriate synonyms and antonyms and use a thesaurus to identify additional examples.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

NY LCR 9 - Recognize multiple meanings of words and connections among meanings of words.

PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 74 Blackline Master: pg. 79 ESL: pg. 138 Reading Chapter 3: pg. 138

Page 318 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development NY LCR 9 - Recognize multiple meanings of words and connections among meanings of words.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

Fluency PU Teacher’s Edition

Guided Reading: pg. T-7 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

NY LCR 10 - Read grade-appropriate texts with appropriate expression, phrasing, and pacing.

RN OP11 - Improving confidence with reading OP12 - Developing fluency FP02 - Developing a rhythm of reading FP11 - Reading fluently at a prescribed wpm rate, reading level, and word count FP12 - Reading text aloud smoothly naturally, accurately, and with expression FP20 - Achieving reading automaticity LO07 - Oral Reading of grade-level appropriate passage


(Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154

NY LCR 11 - Respond to and comprehend various genres for student-selected and teacher-selected purposes.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations

Page 319 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response Continued NY LCR 11 - Respond to and comprehend various genres for student-selected and teacher-selected purposes.

RN RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 91, 109, 124, 140, 155

NY LCR 12 - Combine multiple strategies (e.g., predict/confirm, question, visualize, summarize, monitor, self-correct) to enhance comprehension and response.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

NY LCR 13 - Use text structure and literary devices to aid comprehension and response.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 26, 38 Think-Along Question: pg. 30 Words, Words, Words: pg. 97

Page 320 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 26, 38 Before Reading/During Reading: pg. 28, 40 Strategy Tip: pg. 29, 41 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 32, 44 ESL: pg. 91 Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 102 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 73 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 138 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 73, 74, 88, 89 Blackline Masters: pg. 76, 80, 81, 91, 143 ESL: pg. 42, 73, 74, 89, 107

Continued NY LCR 13 - Use text structure and literary devices to aid comprehension and response.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language

PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 89 ESL: pg. 67, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 122, 137 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 153 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 14 - Work collaboratively with peers to comprehend and respond to texts.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Blackline Master: pg. 141 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 15 - Analyze, contrast, support, and critique points of view in a wide range of genres.


Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41, 101 Reteaching: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 89, 153 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90, 154

NY LCR 16 - Find, evaluate, and combine information from print and electronic sources for student-selected and teacher-selected inquiries.

RN RS05 - Using research skills and strategies RS22 - Using text features to locate information

Page 321 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 90, 108, 123, 139, 154 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCR 17 - Demonstrate comprehension and response through a range of activities, such as writing, drama, oral presentation, and mixed media performance.



Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103



Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCR 19 - Read voluntarily for a variety of personal and academic purposes.



NY LCR 20 - Be familiar with titles and authors of a wide range of grade-appropriate literature.

RN N/A NY LCR 21 - Engage in independent silent reading for extended periods of time.

PU Student Edition (Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118

Page 322 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

Continued NY LCR 21 - Engage in independent silent reading for extended periods of time.


READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding

PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources independently to acquire information. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 91, 124, 155 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY R 1.2 - Apply thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer, to interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts.


PU N/A NY R 1.3 - Read and follow written multistep directions or procedures to accomplish a task or complete an assignment. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89 ESL: pg. 106

NY R 1.4 - Preview informational texts to assess content and organization and select texts useful for the task.

RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information RS04 - Selecting books/resources for a theme RS07 - Previewing reading material RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read

Page 323 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding Continued NY R 1.4 - Preview informational texts to assess content and organization and select texts useful for the task.

RN RS16 - Identifying cause and effect FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts

PU Student Edition Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Resource Binder Blackline Master: pg 92, 156 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 108 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 153



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 41, 77 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 88 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 59, 60, 89, 90, 122, 123, 153, 154 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 89, 122 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 90, 123 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 91, 125 ESL: pg. 88, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90, 121, 123


OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning

Page 324 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding Continued NY R 1.6 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational text.

RN RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea


PU N/A NY R 1.8 - Identify missing, conflicting, or unclear information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Before Reading: pg. 76 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 58, 88, 121, 152 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY R 1.9 - Formulate questions to be answered by reading informational text.


Page 325 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding


NY R 1.10 - Compare and contrast information from a variety of different sources. RN OP07 - Building comprehension





Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 33, 45, 69, 81, 93, 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 59



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 76 Strategy: pg. 2, 14 During Reading: pg. 4, 16 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 18, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 121, 137 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60



Page 326 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition (Reading Selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reteaching: pg. 32 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 88, 106, 121, 137, 152 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 89, 90, 107, 108, 122, 123, 138, 139, 153, 154 ESL: pg. 31 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62 Think-Along Question: pg. 4, 5, 6, 8, 28, 29, 30, 31, 50, 51, 52, 53, 64, 66, 67, 68, 89, 90, 92, 110, 111, 112 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6 During Reading: pg. 4, 28, 64 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 107, 138 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 75, 139 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 77, 110, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4 (-5): pg. 43, 44, 74, 75, 107, 108, 138, 139 Blackline Masters: pg. 49-53, 80-83, 113-116, 144-147 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 44, 74, 75

NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, theme, and dialogue, using evidence from the text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution

Page 327 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. Continued NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, theme, and dialogue, using evidence from the text.

RN RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings

PU N/A NY R 2.3 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator. RN OP07 - Building comprehension


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 ESL: pg. 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 138 Blackline Master: pg. 76, 143 ESL: pg. 42, 73, 74, 89, 107

NY R 2.4 - Determine how the use and meaning of literary devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, illustration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, convey the author’s message or intent.



NY R 2.5 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings. RN OP07 - Building comprehension



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 67, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 137

NY R 2.7 - Compare motives of characters, causes of events, and importance of setting in literature to people, events, and places in own lives.


Page 328 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY R 2.8 - Identify social and cultural contexts and other characteristics of the time period in order to enhance understanding and appreciation of text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 2.9 - Compare a film, video, or stage version of a literary

work with the written version. RN N/A NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in texts. For example:

PU N/A NY R 3.1.1 - Identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - Consider the background and qualifications of the

writer. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.3 - Question the writer’s assumptions, beliefs,

intentions, and biases. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66, 102 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 106, 121 Reinforcing the Strategy: pg. 108 Blackline Master: pg. 109, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 107, 108, 122

NY R 3.1.4 - Evaluate examples, details, or reasons used to support ideas.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.5 - Identify fallacies of logic that lead to unsupported

conclusions. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.6 - Discriminate between apparent messages and

hidden agendas. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.7 - Identify propaganda and evaluate its effectiveness. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.8 - Identify techniques the author uses to persuade

(e.g., emotional and ethical appeals). RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.9 - Identify differing points of view in texts and



NY R 3.1.10 - Identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.11 - Identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a

variety of perspectives, such as literary, political, and personal. RN N/A

Page 329 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Suspend judgment until all information has been presented. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 ESL: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 32 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21



PU N/A NY R 4.2 - Consider the age, gender, social position, and traditions of the writer. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 4.3 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., informal vocabulary, culture-specific terminology, jargon, colloquialisms, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.




NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell most words in one’s writing.


Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 153 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 153 Blackline Master: pg 92, 158

NY LCW 2 - Use a variety of spelling resources, such as spelling dictionaries and spell-check tools, to spell words correctly.

RN N/A

Page 330 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Text Production


NY LCW 3 - Use legible print or cursive writing, or type.

RN N/A Composition


NY LCW 4 - Compose mechanically grade-appropriate texts for a variety of student-selected and teacher-selected purposes.



NY LCW 5 - Write with voice to address varied purposes, topics, and audiences across the curriculum.



NY LCW 6 - Organize writing effectively to communicate ideas to an intended audience.


Writing Option 1: pg. 123, 154 Prewriting: pg.: pg. 133, 163 Plan for Writing: pg. 134, 164

NY LCW 7 - Compose arguments to support points of view with relevant details from single and multiple texts.


Group Sharing: pg. 107 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107


RN N/A

Page 331 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCW 9 - Produce written and multimedia reports of inquiry, using multiple sources.





PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check & Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166




NY W 1.1 - Use several sources of information, in addition to an encyclopedia, to develop research reports.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40

NY W 1.2 - Identify appropriate format for sharing information with intended audience and comply with the accepted features of that format.

RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF04 - Writing Summaries WF05 - Writing Instructions WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays

Page 332 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY W 1.3 - Take research notes, using a note-taking process.



NY W 1.4 - Use outlines and graphic organizers, such as semantic webs, to plan reports.



NY W 1.5 - Include relevant and exclude irrelevant information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder






RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.9 - Cite sources in notes and bibliography, using

correct form. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition






Page 333 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY W 2.1.1 - develop a narrative, using an organizational plan such as chronology or flashback.



NY W 2.1.2 - sequence events to advance a plot; use action, conflict, climax, falling action, and resolution.



NY W 2.1.3 - maintain a consistent point of view that enhances the message and/or establishes the mood.



NY W 2.1.4 - select a genre and use appropriate conventions, such as dialogue, rhythm, and rhyme.







NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate an understanding of plot and theme.



NY W 2.2.3 - identify and describe characters and their motivations.



NY W 2.2.4 - analyze the importance of setting.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.5 - identify and interpret how the use of literary devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, affects meaning.

RN N/A

Page 334 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT








PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 90, 123, 154

NY W 2.3 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes literary, interpretive, and responsive writing. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms




NY W 3.1 - Present clear analyses, using examples, details, and reasons from text.



NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from one or more perspectives.






PU N/A NY W 3.5 - Compare and contrast the use of literary elements in more than one genre, by more than one author. RN N/A NY W 3.6 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.


Page 335 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY W 3.6 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.



Plan for Writing/Group Sharing: pg. 35 NY W 4.1 - Share the process of writing with peers and adults; for example, write a condolence note, get-well card, or thank-you letter with a writing partner or in small groups.



NY W 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the recipient. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence



NY W 4.3 - Develop a personal voice that enables the reader to get to know the writer. RN OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence



NY W 4.4 - Write personal reactions to experiences, events, and observations, using a form of social communication.


PU N/A NY W 4.5 - Identify and model the social communication techniques of published writers. RN N/A





Page 336 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166

NY LCL 1 - Listen with comprehension, for an extended period of time, to texts read aloud.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY LCL 2 - Listen with comprehension, for an extended period of time, to oral presentations.



NY LCL 3 - Listen with comprehension for student-determined and teacher-determined purposes.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 ESL: pg. 67 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14 Introducing the Theme: pg. T-16, 60 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 60, 106 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 166


RN N/A

Page 337 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY LCL 5 - Listen with comprehension and respect when others speak.



NY L 1.1 - Recall significant ideas and details and the relationships between and among them.


Group Sharing: pg. 47, 71 NY L 1.2 - Identify missing, conflicting, or unclear information.


Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY L 1.3 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information. RN N/A


NY L 1.4 - Recognize that the speaker’s voice and delivery impact communication.


PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg.,75, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY L 2.1 - Listen to class lectures, and small group and classroom discussions, to comprehend, interpret, and critique literary text.

RN N/A

Page 338 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teaching Opportunity: Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 104

NY L 2.2 - Identify how the author’s choice of words, use of characterization, and use of other literary devices affect the listener’s interpretation of the oral text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Identify how the poet’s use of repetition, rhythm,

and rhyming patterns affects the listener’s interpretation of poetry.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.4 - Recognize social, historical, and cultural features in presentation of literary texts. RN N/A NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.


NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences. RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 47, 71, 83, 95 NY L 3.3 - Consider the experience, qualifications, and possible biases of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations. RN N/A


NY L 3.4 - Identify conflicting, missing, or unclear information.


Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95 NY L 3.5 - Suspend judgment until all information has been presented. RN N/A


NY L 3.6 - Evaluate the quality of the speaker’s presentation style by using criteria such as voice quality, enunciation, and delivery. RN N/A NY L 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.




Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY L 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the speaker.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning,

articulated and unspoken. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Encourage the speaker with appropriate facial

expressions and gestures. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.5 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.6 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness. RN N/A

Page 339 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES

PU N/A NY LCS 1 - Speak to share responses to a variety of texts and performances. RN N/A


NY LCS 2 - Use precise vocabulary to communicate ideas.



NY LCS 3 - Speak, using grammatical structures suited to particular audiences.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY LCS 4 - Speak to include details and examples relevant to the audience and purpose.



NY LCS 5 - Communicate spoken ideas in an organized and coherent manner.



NY LCS 6 - Speak with expression, volume, pace, and gestures appropriate to the topic, audience, and purpose of communication.

RN N/A

Page 340 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY LCS 7 - Respond respectfully to others.





Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 NY LCS 9 - Offer verbal feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner.

RN N/A SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40


RN N/A NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify and interpret ideas and information.

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103

Page 341 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding.

PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 11, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 107 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 83, 95, 107 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14 Introducing the Theme: pg. T-16, 60 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 75, 106, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40

Continued NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify and interpret ideas and information.


Group Sharing: pg. 107 NY S 1.3 - Present information to address audience needs and to anticipate questions. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg.,75, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 1.4 - Present examples, definitions, analogies, and direct references to the text in support of ideas.


Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 ESL: pg. 67, 79, 103 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg.,75, 107, 153 ESL: pg. 122, 137 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103



Group Sharing: pg. 83, 95 NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions, debates, and mock trials.

RN N/A

Page 342 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19, 31, 79 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 154

NY S 1.7 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify information.


PU Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 42, 66 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 139 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 2.1 - Express interpretations and support them through specific references to the text.


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 103

NY S 2.2 - Present original, literary texts, using language and text structures that are inventive; for example: use rhyme, rhythm, and repetition to create an emotional or aesthetic effect.


Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 NY S 2.3 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an interpretation or response to literary texts and performances.



NY S 3.1 - Express opinions or judgments about information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences.


Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY S 3.2 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from one or more perspectives.


Group Sharing: pg. 95, 107 NY S 3.3 - Present content, using strategies designed for the audience, purpose, and context. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 3.4 - Credit sources of information and opinions accurately in presentations and handouts. RN N/A NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.


PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions designed to encourage further conversation. RN N/A

Page 343 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.



RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.4 - Use culture-specific language, jargon,

colloquialisms, and gestures appropriate to the purpose, occasion, and listener.

RN N/A


NY S 4.5 - Respond to the listener’s interests, needs, and reactions to social conversation.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.6 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone

in electronic-based social communication. RN N/A

Page 344 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 74, 125



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Breaking the Code: pg. 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 84, 96, 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13, 25, 37, 49, 73, 85, 97 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Reciprocal Thinking: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Working with Phonics/Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43, 59, 75, 92, 110, 126, 142, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 47, 63, 79, 96, 114, 130, 146, 162, 163 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127, 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 141 ESL: pg. 92


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings

Page 345 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 (Footnotes): pg. 5-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-43, 64-68, 77-79, 88-92, 100, 102-103 Glossary: pg. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 25, 49, 73, 97, 85, 109 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 101 ESL: pg. 19, 31 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 59, 92, 110, 142, 126, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 64, 97, 115, 131, 147, 163 ESL: pg. 92

Page 346 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource BinderMeeting Individual Needs: pg. 141 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 158 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159

Continued NY LCR 3 - Use varied sources of information, including context, to monitor and self-correct for word-reading accuracy.

RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context

Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development PU Student Edition

(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127, 158, 159





Page 347 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development NY LCR 5 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic resources.







Page 348 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development NY LCR 7 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using prior knowledge and context clues.





PU Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 73 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 110 Blackline Master: pg. 115


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary wordsOP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

Page 349 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Fluency





(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127, 158, 159


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot

Page 350 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 77, 94, 112, 128, 146, 160



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 91 Blackline Master: pg. 48, 61, 94 ESL: pg. 42, 58, 59, 74, 110, 141, 142, 158



Page 351 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 ESL: pg. 91, 103 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106



Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Teacher’s Edition Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Strategy: pg. 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 143 Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 145, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106



Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 126 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 127 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 129 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172



Page 352 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT






Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 19 - Read voluntarily for a variety of personal and academic purposes. RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes

OP02 - Engaging in independent reading activities RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts




(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21




PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources independently to acquire information. RN N/A NY R 1.2 - Apply thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer, to interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts.

PU Student Edition (Reading Selection): pg. 16-20, 40-44, 76-80, 100-104 Teacher’s Resource Binder During Reading: pg. 16, 40, 76, 100 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 58, 91, 125 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Black Line Master: pg. 95 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

Page 353 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding NY R 1.2 - Apply thinking skills, such as define, classify, and infer, to interpret data, facts, and ideas from informational texts.



PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 ESL: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Blackline Master: pg. 95







PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99

Page 354 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 38, 74, 98 Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 58, 91 Blackline Master: pg. 61, 94 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 58, 91, 125, 157 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 59, 60, 92, 93, 126, 127 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 125

Continued NY R 1.6 - Use knowledge of structure, content, and vocabulary to understand informational text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events

Page 355 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea



Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 ESL: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Blackline Master: pg. 95






PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 17, 41, 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 92, 126 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60, 127 Blackline Master: pg. 62, 95, 129


RN N/A

Page 356 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74 Think-Along Questions: pg. 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 77, 79, 80Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 After Reading: pg. 68, 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 109, 125 Blackline Master: pg. 112, 128



PU Student Edition Think-Along Questions: pg. 66, 68 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 69, 93 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 28, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 141 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 126 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 111 Reading Selection Introduction: pg. 157 Reading Part III: pg. 159 Blackline Master: pg. 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 91, 111 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 141



NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.1 - Read silently and aloud from a variety of genres, authors, and themes.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92

Page 357 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21

Continued NY R 2.1 - Read silently and aloud from a variety of genres, authors, and themes.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 26, 62 Think-Along Questions: pg. 5, 6, 7, 8, 29, 30, 31, 32, 65, 66, 67, 68 Thinking about the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 26, 62 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 29, 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 6, 30, 66 During Reading: pg. 4, 28, 64 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 5, 29, 65, 89 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 75, 110, 142 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 76, 111, 143 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 75, 76, 110, 111 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 49-53, 78, 81-86, 113, 116-120, 145 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 75, 76, 143


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings


NY R 2.3 - Identify the author’s point of view, such as first-person narrator and omniscient narrator. RN OP07 - Building comprehension


Page 358 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Black Line Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 59, 74, 75, 110, 141, 142, 158



PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Black Line Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 59, 74, 75, 110, 141, 142, 158




PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 ESL: pg. 91 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42 Meeting Individual Needs: 43 Blackline Master: pg. 45



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 91

NY R 2.8 - Identify social and cultural contexts and other characteristics of the time period in order to enhance understanding and appreciation of text. RN N/A

PU N/A NY R 2.9 - Compare a film, video, or stage version of a literary work with the written version. RN N/A

Page 359 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY R 3.1 - Evaluate the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, themes, opinions, and experiences in texts. For example:

PU N/A NY R 3.1.1 - Identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU Student Edition

Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 160

NY R 3.1.2 - Consider the background and qualifications of the writer.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.3 - Question the writer’s assumptions, beliefs,


Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Think-Along Questions: pg. 101-104 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 101 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 157 Blackline Master: pg. 160, 164-169







ESL: pg. 79, 91, 103 Reteaching: pg. 44 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 127, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 43, 143

NY R 3.1.10 - Identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.11 - Identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A

Page 360 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Writing Option 1: pg. 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 154

NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a variety of perspectives, such as literary, political, and personal.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Suspend judgment until all information has been

presented. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21




NY R 4.2 - Consider the age, gender, social position, and traditions of the writer.


Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Words, Words, Words: pg. 13 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 74, 91, 109, 125, 141Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (& 6): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 75, 76, 92, 93, 110, 111, 126, 127, 142, 143 Reading Parts I, II, III: pg. 158, 159 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 74, 125 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 43 Blackline Master: pg. 48 ESL: pg. 42, 58, 59, 74, 110, 141, 142, 158

NY R 4.3 - Recognize the types of language (e.g., informal vocabulary, culture-specific terminology, jargon, colloquialisms, and email conventions) that are appropriate to social communication.


Page 361 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Practice Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 72, 89, 105, 123, 139, 155, 171



Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 126 Blackline Master: pg. 131


RN N/A Text Production



RN N/A Composition

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing/ Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170 Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 72, 89, 105, 123, 139, 155, 171






Page 362 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT






Writing: pg. 95 Teacher’s Edition During Writing: pg. 94 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 143 Plan for Writing: pg. 154



Group Sharing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Edition Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107



A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 71, 88, 104, 122, 138, 154, 170 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172

NY LCW 9 - Produce written and multimedia reports of inquiry, using multiple sources.





Page 363 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 86, 102, 119, 135, 150, 165 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172







NY W 1.2 - Identify appropriate format for sharing information with intended audience and comply with the accepted features of that format. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms










RN N/A

Page 364 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly.


Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95 Plan for Writing: pg. 104



Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95 Plan for Writing: pg. 104


RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.9 - Cite sources in notes and bibliography, using correct

form. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder

Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95 Plan for Writing: pg. 104









Page 365 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT












NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive and responsive essays of approximately three pages to: PU Student Edition




PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate an understanding of plot and theme. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms


motivations.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.4 - analyze the importance of setting. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.5 - identify and interpret how the use of literary

devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, affects meaning.

RN N/A



Page 366 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.2 - Write interpretive and responsive essays of approximately three pages to: NY W 2.2.6 - draw conclusions and provide reasons for the conclusions.




PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 76, 93, 111, 127, 143, 159







A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from one or more perspectives.





PU Opportunity to Extend: Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Reading Strategy: pg. 41 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 92 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 95

NY W 3.4 - Explain connections between and among texts to extend the meaning of each individual text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY W 3.5 - Compare and contrast the use of literary elements in

more than one genre, by more than one author. RN N/A NY W 3.6 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 127, 143, 159

Page 367 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation. NY W 3.6 - Maintain a writing portfolio that includes writing for critical analysis and evaluation.
















Page 368 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT











Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172








RN N/A

Page 369 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 ESL: pg. 157



PU Teacher’s Edition Group Sharing: pg. 71, 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 Teaching Opportunity: ESL: pg. 157

NY L 1.1 - Recall significant ideas and details and the relationships between and among them.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 1.2 - Identify missing, conflicting, or unclear information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition


NY L 1.3 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information.


Group Sharing: pg. 71 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 111 Plan for Writing: pg. 122



PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Fiction Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 143


RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.2 - Identify how the author’s choice of words, use of

characterization, and use of other literary devices affect the listener’s interpretation of the oral text.

RN N/A

Page 370 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Identify how the poet’s use of repetition, rhythm, and rhyming patterns affects the listener’s interpretation of poetry. RN N/A



NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences.






NY L 3.3 - Consider the experience, qualifications, and possible biases of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations.



NY L 3.4 - Identify conflicting, missing, or unclear information.



NY L 3.5 - Suspend judgment until all information has been presented.



NY L 3.6 - Evaluate the quality of the speaker’s presentation style by using criteria such as voice quality, enunciation, and delivery.




RN N/A

Page 371 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU N/A NY L 4.2 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the speaker. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning, articulated and unspoken. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Encourage the speaker with appropriate facial expressions and gestures. RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 4.5 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.6 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness. RN N/A

SPEAKING LITERACY COMPETENCIES

PU Teacher’s Edition Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157

NY LCS 1 - Speak to share responses to a variety of texts and performances.










RN N/A

Page 372 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT









Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157



Introducing the Theme: pg. 1, 60 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 26, 38, 74, 86, 98 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 ESL: pg. 157



Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 71, 83, 95 NY LCS 9 - Offer verbal feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner.

RN N/A

Page 373 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 23 Group Sharing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Opener: pg. 107



Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106

NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify and interpret ideas and information.



NY S 1.3 - Present information to address audience needs and to anticipate questions.


A Plan for Writing/Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 71, 83, 95



Theme 2 Closer: pg. 172 NY S 1.5 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information.



NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions, debates, and mock trials.





PU Teacher’s Edition Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106


RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.2 - Present original, literary texts, using language and text

structures that are inventive; for example: use rhyme, rhythm, and repetition to create an emotional or aesthetic effect.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 2.3 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an interpretation or response to literary texts and performances. RN N/A

Page 374 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.




A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 NY S 3.2 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from one or more perspectives.



NY S 3.3 - Present content, using strategies designed for the audience, purpose, and context.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 3.4 - Credit sources of information and opinions accurately

in presentations and handouts. RN N/A NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.


PU Teacher’s Edition Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106

NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions designed to encourage further conversation.


Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 71, 82, 95, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 106


RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.4 - Use culture-specific language, jargon, colloquialisms,

and gestures appropriate to the purpose, occasion, and listener. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.5 - Respond to the listener’s interests, needs, and

reactions to social conversation. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.6 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone


Page 375 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s EditionVocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156





RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words

Page 376 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Footnotes: pg. 4-8, 16-19, 28-32, 40-44, 64-67, 76-79, 88-92 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 25 Reteaching: pg. 13 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 99 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 59 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 160

Page 377 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 91, 109, 124, 125, 140, 155 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Reading Chapter 5, 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157




PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Reinforcing the Theme: pg. 14, 74 Before Reading: pg. 28, 40 Reteaching: pg. 96 ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103

Page 378 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

Continued NY LCR 5 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic resources.





Page 379 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT









Page 380 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT











(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 59, 60, 74, 75, 90, 91, 109, 110, 125, 126, 141, 142, 156, 157


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding

Page 381 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103 After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 92, 111, 127, 143, 158


RN OP07 - Building comprehension RS06 - Setting a purpose for reading, asking questions and searching for answers RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea

Page 382 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 26, 38 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 26, 38 Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12 Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24, 84 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 73, 89 Introducing/Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 44Introducing/Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60, 125, 126 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 62, 76, 92, 128



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 67, 79 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91, 103 Reteaching: pg. 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 141, 142 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59 ESL: pg. 109 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Thinking About the Selection: pg. 105 Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 100



Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43, 91 Reteaching: pg. 108, 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91, 156, 157 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 159, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105



Page 383 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Group Sharing: pg. 23, 71, 83, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 46, 70, 82 Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75, 91, 110, 142, 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 86, 103, 121, 152, 168 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170




Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY LCR 18 - Show interest in reading a wide range of texts, topics, genres, and authors.







(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21



Page 384 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources independently to acquire information. RN N/A

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58, 73, 89, 108, 124, 140, 155 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 61, 76, 92, 111, 127, 143, 158




PU Teacher’s Edition Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60, 91




PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 48 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Strategy Workout/Reteaching: pg. 48 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109

Page 385 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 90 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91 Blackline Master: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 7: pg. 91 Reading Chapter 4: pg. 157

Continued NY R 1.5 - Use indexes to locate information and glossaries to define terms.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 38 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 89 Blackline Master: pg. 92 Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. 58, 89, 124, 155 Reading Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 (-6, -7): pg. 59, 60, 90, 91, 125, 126, 156, 157 ESL: pg. 58, 89, 156 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 89, 90, 91, 124, 125, 155


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting

Page 386 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea







PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43, 91 Reteaching: pg. 108, 109

Page 387 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91, 156, 157 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 159, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105

Continued NY R 1.10 - Compare and contrast information from a variety of different sources.





Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14 Think-Along Questions: pg. 4, 6, 7, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 21, 81 Theme Wrap-up: pg. 59 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 58 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 49, 52, 61 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59 Reading Chapter 3: pg. 59 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 59, 60



Page 388 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT






NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU Teacher’s Edition

(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106




PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 66, 67 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Teacher’s Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 91 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 389 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 74, 109 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 44, 74, 109, 110 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 46, 77, 112, 114, 116, 117 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

Continued NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, theme, and dialogue, using evidence from the text.

RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings









Page 390 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY R 2.5 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings.



PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 28, 64 Reteaching: pg. 36, 68 ESL: pg. 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 58







PU N/A NY R 3.1.1 - Identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reteaching: pg. 92 NY R 3.1.2 - Consider the background and qualifications of the writer.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.3 - Question the writer’s assumptions, beliefs,

intentions, and biases. RN N/A NY R 3.1.4 - Evaluate examples, details, or reasons used to support ideas.

PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 62, 74

Page 391 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 65 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 67 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 108, 124 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 126, 157 Blackline Master: pg. 111, 127

Continued NY R 3.1.4 - Evaluate examples, details, or reasons used to support ideas.






ESL: pg. 103 NY R 3.1.10 - Identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact on content.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.11 - Identify multiple levels of meaning. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

ESL: pg. 43, 67, 79, 103 Interesting Facts/Before Reading: pg. 64 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Reteaching: pg. 68, 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 42

NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a variety of perspectives, such as literary, political, and personal.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Suspend judgment until all information has been

presented. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.

PU Teacher’s Edition Guided Reading: pg. T-7 (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68, 76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 90 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

Page 392 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction. NY R 4.1 - Share reading experiences with peers or adults; for example, read together silently or aloud with a partner or in small groups.










Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 160


RN N/A Text Production



RN N/A Composition NY LCW 4 - Compose mechanically grade-appropriate texts for a variety of student-selected and teacher-selected purposes.


Page 393 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Composition NY LCW 4 - Compose mechanically grade-appropriate texts for a variety of student-selected and teacher-selected purposes.








Writing: pg. 23 Teacher’s Edition During Writing: pg. 22 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 142 Writing Option 2: pg. 91 Plan for Writing: pg. 70, 152



Prewriting: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 A Plan for Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Edition Before/During Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Options 1 & 2: pg. 44, 60, 75, 91, 110, 126, 142, 157 Prewriting: pg. 54, 69, 85, 102, 120, 136, 151, 167 Plan for Writing: pg. 55, 70, 86, 103, 121, 137, 152, 168 Check and Reflect: pg. 56, 71, 87, 104, 122, 138, 153, 169


RN N/A PU N/A NY LCW 9 - Produce written and multimedia reports of inquiry,

using multiple sources. RN N/A Page 394 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT













NY W 1.2 - Identify appropriate format for sharing information with intended audience and comply with the accepted features of that format.


Page 395 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT











RN N/A PU N/A NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 ESL: pg. 91 Reteaching: pg. 104, 109 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156, 157






form. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition



RN N/A

Page 396 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 47 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 91 Writing Option 2: pg. 126
















Page 397 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT







NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate an understanding of plot and theme.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.3 - identify and describe characters and their motivations. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.4 - analyze the importance of setting.


PU N/A NY W 2.2.5 - identify and interpret how the use of literary devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, affects meaning.

RN N/A





WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU Student Edition

A Plan for Writing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 44, 75






RN N/A

Page 398 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU N/A NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from one or more perspectives. RN N/A





PU N/A NY W 3.5 - Compare and contrast the use of literary elements in more than one genre, by more than one author. RN N/A

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 23, 35 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 60, 75, 142




Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 157 Plan for Writing: pg. 168






Page 399 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


















Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47, 71, 95 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 82 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106


RN N/A Page 400 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170










NY L 1.1 - Recall significant ideas and details and the relationships between and among them. RN N/A


NY L 1.2 - Identify missing, conflicting, or unclear information.

RN N/A

Page 401 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




NY L 1.3 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information. RN N/A




PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Reteaching: pg.12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170



Group Sharing: pg. 83 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106

NY L 2.2 - Identify how the author’s choice of words, use of characterization, and use of other literary devices affect the listener’s interpretation of the oral text.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Identify how the poet’s use of repetition, rhythm, and

rhyming patterns affects the listener’s interpretation of poetry. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.4 - Recognize social, historical, and cultural features in

presentation of literary texts. RN N/A NY L 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.


NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences. RN N/A



RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.3 - Consider the experience, qualifications, and possible

biases of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 71 NY L 3.4 - Identify conflicting, missing, or unclear information.

RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.5 - Suspend judgment until all information has been

presented. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 95 NY L 3.6 - Evaluate the quality of the speaker’s presentation style by using criteria such as voice quality, enunciation, and delivery. RN N/A

Page 402 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT







RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning, articulated

and unspoken. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Encourage the speaker with appropriate facial

expressions and gestures. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.5 - Withhold judgment. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 NY L 4.6 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness.













RN N/A

Page 403 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT














RN N/A NY LCS 9 - Offer verbal feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner.

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107

Page 404 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT




Continued NY LCS 9 - Offer verbal feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner.



NY S 1.1 - Prepare and give presentations on informational topics. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170

NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify and interpret ideas and information.


Group Sharing: pg. 35 NY S 1.3 - Present information to address audience needs and to anticipate questions. RN N/A




Group Sharing: pg. 35, 47 NY S 1.5 - Connect, compare, and contrast ideas and information.


Group Sharing: pg. 47 NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions, debates, and mock trials.


Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47, 107 NY S 1.7 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify information.


PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg.12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A

Page 405 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.


NY S 2.2 - Present original, literary texts, using language and text structures that are inventive; for example: use rhyme, rhythm, and repetition to create an emotional or aesthetic effect. RN N/A

PU N/A NY S 2.3 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an interpretation or response to literary texts and performances. RN N/A NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg.12, 96 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A PU N/A NY S 3.2 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from

one or more perspectives. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 23, 35, 47 NY S 3.3 - Present content, using strategies designed for the audience, purpose, and context. RN N/A



PU N/A NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions designed to encourage further conversation. RN N/A

PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 43, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 106 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 170


RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.4 - Use culture-specific language, jargon, colloquialisms,

and gestures appropriate to the purpose, occasion, and listener. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.5 - Respond to the listener’s interests, needs, and

reactions to social conversation. RN N/A PU N/A NY S 4.6 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone


Page 406 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT

NEW YORK STATE CORE CURRICULUM STECK-VAUGHN POWER UP! LEVEL 4 AND RENAISSANCE LEARNING


PU Teacher’s Edition Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Reteaching: pg. 13, 25, 37, 46, 49, 72, 73, 85, 96, 97, 109 ESL: pg. 31 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 66 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 77, 111, 127, 128, 143, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 112, 127





RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary

Page 407 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning WA01 - Using Context Clues WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA03 - Interpreting Multiple-meaning Words WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA05 - Identifying Homonyms and Homographs WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language PH01 - Identifying short and long a PH02 - Identifying short and long e PH03 - Identifying Short and Long i PH04 - Identifying Short and Long o PH05 - Identifying Short and Long u PH06 - Identifying Variant Consonants - g PH07 - Identifying Variant Consonants - c PH08 - Identifying Variant Consonants - s PH09 - Identifying Consonant Digraphs - ph, gh PH10 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - er, ir, ur PH11 - Identifying R-controlled Vowels - ar, or PH12 - Identifying Vowel Digraph - oo PH13 - Identifying Sounds of ow PH14 - Identifying Sounds of ou PH15 - Identifying Diphthongs - oi, oy PH16 - Identifying Silent Consonants - kn, wr, gh FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP09 - Acquiring ability to group words into meaningful grammatical units FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3

Page 408 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s EditionReciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceOP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA04 - Discussing meanings of words VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations RS32 - Monitoring comprehension WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context


Vocabulary Builder: pg. 3, 15, 27, 39, 63, 75, 87, 99 Before/During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Vocabulary: pg. pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160


RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidenceVA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level materialVA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary RS32 - Monitoring comprehension FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill


PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 49 Glossary: pg. 120-124

Page 409 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 49 Vocabulary Extension: pg. 3 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 31 Reteaching: pg. 25, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 93 Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Blackline Master: pg. 97 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 127 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 160

Continued NY LCR 5 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using context, dictionaries, glossaries, and other print and electronic resources.




RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies

Page 410 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development Continued NY LCR 6 - Determine the meaning of unfamiliar words, terms, and idioms by using word structure knowledge, such as roots (e.g., Greek and Latin), prefixes, and suffixes, to determine word meaning.

RN VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA06 - Recognizing prefixes VA07 - Recognizing suffixes VA08 - Recognizing derivational endings WA02 - Understanding Compound Words WA06 - Using Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots of Words FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP14 - Identifying unfamiliar vocabulary based on word structure, or letter sounds

PU Student EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 37, 49 Teacher’s EditionWords, Words, Words: pg. 37, 49 Teacher’s Resource BinderIntroducing Word Skills: pg. 77, 93 ESL: pg. 44, 60, 77, 78, 112, 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 81, 97





RN OP03 - Acquiring automaticity with 400 vocabulary words OP04 - Building vocabulary knowledge and confidence OP15 - Acquiring word analysis and decoding strategies

Page 411 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Background Knowledge and Vocabulary Development Continued NY LCR 8 - Recognize grade-appropriate synonyms and antonyms and use a thesaurus to identify additional examples.

RN VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning VA16 - Using reference books to develop vocabulary VA17 - Using resources and references to confirm definitions and pronunciations WA04 - Identifying Synonyms and Antonyms WA08 - Using Reference Materials FP03 - Developing rapid and accurate word recognition (automaticity) FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill

PU Student Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Edition Words, Words, Words: pg. 97 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing Word Skills: pg. 144 Blackline Master: pg. 148 ESL: pg. 59, 60, 61, 112







Page 412 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 43, 44, 60, 61, 77, 78, 93, 94, 111, 112, 128, 129, 144, 145, 159, 160


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS10 - Identifying main idea and details RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98

Page 413 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2, 14, 26, 38, 62, 74, 86, 98 Applying the Strategy: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Strategy Tip: pg. 5, 17, 29, 41, 65, 77, 89, 101 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 7, 19, 31, 43, 67, 79, 91, 103After Reading: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 42, 59, 76, 92, 110, 127, 143, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 45, 62, 80, 96, 114, 131, 146

Continued NY LCR 12 - Combine multiple strategies (e.g., predict/confirm, question, visualize, summarize, monitor, self-correct) to enhance comprehension and response.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 26, 38 Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 33, 45 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 26, 38 Introducing the Strategy: pg. 26, 38 During Reading: pg. 28, 40 Strategy Tip: pg. 29, 41 Words, Words, Words: pg. 37 Discussing the Responses: pg. 32, 44 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 42 Reteaching: pg. 32, 44 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 33, 45 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 59, 76, 92 Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76, 92 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 77 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 76, 78, 92 Blackline Masters: pg. 62, 79, 81, 95 ESL: pg. 44, 60, 77, 78, 112, 144, 158



Page 414 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144, 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Getting Ready to Read: pg. 98 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 105 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 119 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 98 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 158 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144, 158 Blackline Master: pg. 161



Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 61 Blackline Master: pg. 63 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 129 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173




PU Teacher’s Edition Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Writing Option 1: pg. 94, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 105, 155 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Page 415 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Comprehension/Response NY LCR 17 - Demonstrate comprehension and response through a range of activities, such as writing, drama, oral presentation, and mixed media performance.



Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108








(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Reading Links: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Teacher’s Edition During Reading: pg. 4, 16, 28, 40, 64, 76, 88, 100 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21




PU N/A NY R 1.1 - Locate and use school and public library resources independently to acquire information. RN N/A

Page 416 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 24 Words, Words, Words: pg. 85 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 60 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 61 Introducing Word Skills: pg. 128 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 129 Blackline Master: pg. 63, 132





NY R 1.4 - Preview informational texts to assess content and organization and select texts useful for the task. RN OP01 - Reading for a variety of purposes

OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS01 - Selecting appropriate level of reading materials RS02 - Selecting a subject of interest for reading enjoyment and information RS04 - Selecting books/resources for a theme RS07 - Previewing reading material RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS16 - Identifying cause and effect FP17 - Reading a variety of different fiction, non-fiction texts FP18 - Self-selecting reading by drawing on interests, authors and/or different types of texts


PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Glossary: pg. 120-124 Teacher’s Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Chapter 2: pg. 93 Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 159, 160 Blackline Master: pg. 162 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 159

Page 417 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding Continued NY R 1.5 - Use indexes to locate information and glossaries to define terms.


PU Student Edition Getting Ready to Read: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 45 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 14, 38 Vocabulary Builder: pg. 15, 39, 75, 99 During Reading: pg. 40 Strategy Tip: pg. 41 Discussing the Responses: pg. 44 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 18, 42 Reteaching: pg. 44 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 59, 92 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 92 Blackline Masters: pg. 62, 95 Introducing Vocabulary: pg. 59, 92, 127, 158 Reading Chapters 2-4 (-5, -6, -7): pg. 60, 61, 93, 94, 128, 129, 159, 160 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 59, 60, 127, 128, 160 ESL: pg. 59, 61, 127


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies VA01 - Reading and understanding grade-level material VA02 - Reading from a variety of genres VA03 - Developing vocabulary VA05 - Using root words to determine the meaning of unknown words VA09 - Using knowledge of syntax to identify word meanings VA10 - Using context clues to infer the meaning of unfamiliar words VA12 - Distinguishing and interpreting words with multiple meanings VA13 - Applying knowledge of synonyms and/or antonyms to determine meaning RS03 - Identifying theme RS09 - Predicting what comes next RS11 - Identifying facts and opinions RS12 - Reading for literal understanding RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS14 - Using capitalization and punctuation to improve comprehension

Page 418 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



RN RS15 - Comparing and contrasting RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS17 - Making inferences/drawing conclusions RS18 - Recognizing generalizations RS19 - Recognizing author's purpose RS20 - Determining point of view RS21 - Identifying author's style RS23 - Interpreting diagrams/graphics to check understanding (Interpreting Pictures, Graphs, and Charts) RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS25 - Recognizing Sequence; using chronological order to recall events RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings RS31 - Visualizing what is read through words that appeal to the five senses WA01 - Using Context Clues WA07 - Interpreting Figurative Language FP08 - Acquiring well developed word recognition skill FP15 - Learning new vocabulary in context FP19 - Using graphic and title as cues to predict passage main idea



Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 19 Reteaching: pg. 44




PU Student Edition Nonfiction Strategy Workout: pg. 108 Words, Words, Words: pg. 109 Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 43, 91 Reteaching: pg. 108, 109

Page 419 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 156 Reinforcing the Nonfiction Strategy: pg. 91, 156, 157Introducing Word Skills: pg. 156 Blackline Master: pg. 159, 160 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 105

Continued NY R 1.10 - Compare and contrast information from a variety of different sources.





Getting Ready to Read: pg. 26, 38, 62, 74 Think-Along Question: pg. 65, 76 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 33, 45, 69, 81 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 26, 38, 62, 74 Applying the Strategy: pg. 28, 40, 64, 76 Strategy Tip: pg. 29, 41, 65, 77 Reteaching: pg. 32, 44, 68, 80 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Reading Strategy: pg. 76, 92, 110 Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 92, 110, 127 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 112 Blackline Master: pg. 79, 95, 113, 130 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 76, 78, 92




PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 40, 76 Reciprocal Teaching: pg. 43, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Reading Selection Chapter 1: pg. 42, 59, 92, 110, 127

Page 420 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding NY R 1.13 - Make, confirm, or revise predictions.


NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. PU Student Edition

(Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113 Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108



PU Student Edition Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 Thinking About the Selection: pg. 9, 33, 69, 93 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 54, 114 Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Strategy Tip: pg. 5 Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 12, 36, 72, 96 ESL: pg. 103 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Introducing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 77, 111, 144Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 43, 44, 78, 112, 145 Blackline Master: pg. 46, 80, 114, 147 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS03 - Identifying theme RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution

Page 421 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. Continued NY R 2.2 - Interpret characters, plot, setting, theme, and dialogue, using evidence from the text.

RN RS26 - Identifying plot elements e.g. exposition, setting, climax, falling action RS27 - Summarizing plot RS28 - Summarizing information by noting main idea and important details RS29 - Identifying characterization RS30 - Drawing conclusions about characters' feelings







PU N/A NY R 2.5 - Recognize how the author’s use of language creates images or feelings.



PU Teacher’s Edition Strategy: pg. 2 Strategy Tip: pg. 17 ESL: pg. 7, 103 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Reading Selection Scene 1: pg. 76 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 110, 144 Reinforcing the Fiction Strategy: pg. 145


OP07 - Building comprehension OP13 - Using reading strategies RS08 - Making connections with prior knowledge RS13 - Understanding what is heard or read RS15 - Comparing and contrasting

Page 422 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS READING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY R 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. Continued NY R 2.7 - Compare motives of characters, causes of events, and importance of setting in literature to people, events, and places in own lives.

RN RS16 - Identifying cause and effect RS24 - Recognizing story elements, i.e. characters, setting, plot, problem, sequence of events, and solution RS29 - Identifying characterization





PU N/A NY R 3.1.1 - Identify conflicting information. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.2 - Consider the background and qualifications of the

writer. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.3 - Question the writer’s assumptions, beliefs,






hidden agendas. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.7 - Identify propaganda and evaluate its effectiveness. RN N/A PU Student Edition


NY R 3.1.8 - Identify techniques the author uses to persuade (e.g., emotional and ethical appeals).


Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 NY R 3.1.9 - Identify differing points of view in texts and presentations.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.1.10 - Identify cultural and ethnic values and their impact

on content. RN N/A NY R 3.1.11 - Identify multiple levels of meaning. PU Student Edition

Fiction Strategy Workout: pg. 96 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 92

Page 423 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144

Continued NY R 3.1.11 - Identify multiple levels of meaning.

RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.2 - Judge a text by using evaluative criteria from a

variety of perspectives, such as literary, political, and personal. RN N/A PU N/A NY R 3.3 - Suspend judgment until all information has been

presented. RN N/A NY R 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.

PU Student Edition (Reading selections): pg. 4-8, 16-20, 28-32, 40-44, 50-53, 55-58, 64-68,76-80, 88-92, 100-104, 110-113, 115-118 Teacher’s Edition Reading Aloud: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Reteaching: pg. 96 Teacher’s Resource Binder Supporting Fluency: pg. 21 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108







WRITING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Spelling NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell most words in one’s writing.

PU Practice Opportunity: Student Edition Writing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107

Page 424 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder Check and Reflect: pg. 57, 74, 90, 106, 125, 141, 156, 172

Continued NY LCW 1 - Correctly spell most words in one’s writing.

RN N/A PU N/A NY LCW 2 - Use a variety of spelling resources, such as spelling

dictionaries and spell-check tools, to spell words correctly. RN N/A Text Production



RN N/A Composition









RN N/A

Page 425 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT






Before Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 35, 71 Scoring Rubric/Assessment: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107


RN N/A PU N/A NY LCW 9 - Produce written and multimedia reports of inquiry,

using multiple sources. RN N/A Motivation to Write







PU N/A NY W 1.1 - Use several sources of information, in addition to an encyclopedia, to develop research reports. RN N/A NY W 1.2 - Identify appropriate format for sharing information with intended audience and comply with the accepted features of that format.


Page 426 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 1 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for information and understanding. NY W 1.2 - Identify appropriate format for sharing information with intended audience and comply with the accepted features of that format.


PU N/A NY W 1.3 - Take research notes, using a note-taking process. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.4 - Use outlines and graphic organizers, such as semantic webs, to plan reports. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.5 - Include relevant and exclude irrelevant information. RN N/A

PU N/A NY W 1.6 - Use paraphrase and quotation correctly. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder







form. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Resource Binder







NY W 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression. NY W 2.1 - Write original literary texts to: NY W 2.1.1 - develop a narrative, using an organizational plan such as chronology or flashback.

PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 107

Page 427 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145 Plan for Writing: pg. 171

Continued NY W 2.1.1 - develop a narrative, using an organizational plan such as chronology or flashback.





PU Student Edition A Plan for Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145










PU N/A NY W 2.2.2 - demonstrate an understanding of plot and theme. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms


motivations. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined)

Page 428 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU N/A NY W 2.2.4 - analyze the importance of setting. RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms

WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) PU N/A NY W 2.2.5 - identify and interpret how the use of literary

devices, such as symbolism, metaphor and simile, alliteration, personification, flashback, and foreshadowing, affects meaning.

RN N/A






PU Student Edition Writing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg 72 Teacher’s Resource Binder Writing Option 1: pg. 145, 160 Writing Option 2: pg. 44, 112, 145






RN N/A PU N/A NY W 3.2 - Present a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes

from one or more perspectives. RN N/A PU Student Edition





Page 429 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS WRITING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY W 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.

PU N/A NY W 3.5 - Compare and contrast the use of literary elements in more than one genre, by more than one author. RN N/A

















Page 430 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT






RN OP14 - Writing in a variety of forms WF01 - Writing Informational Essays WF02 - Writing Narratives (stories, real or imagined) WF03 - Writing Letters WF06 - Writing Reviews WF07 - Writing Persuasive Essays WF08 - Writing a Speech


NY W 4.7 - Use the conventions of email.

RN N/A LISTENING LITERACY COMPETENCIES Listening







ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A

Page 431 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



PU N/A NY L 1.1 - Recall significant ideas and details and the relationships between and among them. RN N/A


NY L 1.2 - Identify missing, conflicting, or unclear information.



NY L 1.3 - Draw conclusions and make inferences on the basis of explicit and implied information.


Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 Reteaching: pg. 48, 80 Family Involvement: pg. 46, 94, 106 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A Page 432 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 16 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A PU N/A NY L 2.2 - Identify how the author’s choice of words, use of

characterization, and use of other literary devices affect the listener’s interpretation of the oral text.

RN N/A

PU N/A NY L 2.3 - Identify how the poet’s use of repetition, rhythm, and rhyming patterns affects the listener’s interpretation of poetry. RN N/A



NY L 3.1 - Form an opinion or judgment about the validity and accuracy of information, ideas, opinions, issues, themes, and experiences.




RN N/A PU N/A NY L 3.3 - Consider the experience, qualifications, and possible

biases of speakers in analyzing and evaluating presentations. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 35 NY L 3.4 - Identify conflicting, missing, or unclear information.


Group Sharing: pg. 71 NY L 3.5 - Suspend judgment until all information has been presented. RN N/A


NY L 3.6 - Evaluate the quality of the speaker’s presentation style by using criteria such as voice quality, enunciation, and delivery. RN N/A

Page 433 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT








RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.3 - Listen for more than one level of meaning, articulated

and unspoken. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.4 - Encourage the speaker with appropriate facial

expressions and gestures. RN N/A PU N/A NY L 4.5 - Withhold judgment.



NY L 4.6 - Appreciate the speaker’s uniqueness.


PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173





RN N/A

Page 434 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT















ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173


RN N/A Page 435 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Edition ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Group Sharing: pg. 11, 23, 35, 47, 71, 83, 95, 107 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY LCS 9 - Offer verbal feedback to others in a respectful and responsive manner.




RN N/A NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify and interpret ideas and information.

PU Teacher’s Edition Before Reading: pg. 16 ESL: pg. 7, 19, 31, 79, 91 Discussing the Responses: pg. 8, 20, 32, 44, 68, 80, 92, 104 Family Involvement: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94 After Writing: pg. 10, 22, 34, 46, 70, 82, 94, 106 Theme Wrap-Up Selections: pg. 50, 110

Page 436 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT



PU Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 59, 77, 127, 144 Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 144 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

Continued NY S 1.2 - Contribute to group discussions by offering comments to clarify and interpret ideas and information.


Group Sharing: pg. 83 Teacher’s Resource Binder Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173

NY S 1.3 - Present information to address audience needs and to anticipate questions.









NY S 1.6 - Use the conventions of the presentational format for panel discussions, debates, and mock trials.




RN N/A Page 437 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 2 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for literary response and expression.

PU Teacher’s Edition Reteaching: pg. 96 Theme Wrap-Up: pg. 50, 110 Teacher’s Resource Binder Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 145 Theme 1 Opener: pg. 40 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107 Theme 2 Opener: pg. 108 Theme 2 Closer: pg. 173



Meeting Individual Needs: pg. 30 Reteaching: pg. 80 Group Sharing: pg. 107 Teacher’s Resource Binder ESL: pg. 76 Theme 1 Closer: pg. 107

NY S 2.2 - Present original, literary texts, using language and text structures that are inventive; for example: use rhyme, rhythm, and repetition to create an emotional or aesthetic effect.

RN N/A PU N/A NY S 2.3 - Ask and respond to questions to clarify an

interpretation or response to literary texts and performances. RN N/A NY S 3 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for critical analysis and evaluation.



RN N/A PU N/A NY S 3.2 - State a hypothesis and predict possible outcomes from

one or more perspectives. RN N/A PU Teacher’s Edition

Group Sharing: pg. 11, 71, 83 NY S 3.3 - Present content, using strategies designed for the audience, purpose, and context. RN N/A



NY S 4.1 - Respect the age, gender, social position, and cultural traditions of the listener. RN N/A


NY S 4.2 - Provide feedback by asking questions designed to encourage further conversation.

RN N/A

Page 438 of 439 021108


GRADE EIGHT


LANGUAGE ARTS SPEAKING GRADE-SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE INDICATORS NY S 4 - Students will read, write, listen, and speak for social interaction.


NY S 4.3 - Use courtesy; for example, avoid sarcasm, ridicule, dominating the conversation, and interrupting. RN N/A


NY S 4.4 - Use culture-specific language, jargon, colloquialisms, and gestures appropriate to the purpose, occasion, and listener.


Group Sharing: pg. 23 NY S 4.5 - Respond to the listener’s interests, needs, and reactions to social conversation. RN N/A


NY S 4.6 - Adopt conventions of email to establish friendly tone in electronic-based social communication.

RN N/A

Page 439 of 439 021108

New York State Standards Alignments Grades Six through...

Documents

Transcript of New York State Standards Alignments Grades Six through...